]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Doc fixed for next-error-buffer-p
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22150 28228 674072 702000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22197 58438
69 ;;;;;; 383460 447000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22150 28228
89 ;;;;;; 750072 702000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22150 28228
100 ;;;;;; 754072 702000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22284 55604 194845
112 ;;;;;; 171000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22150 28227
242 ;;;;;; 338072 702000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22154 25280 740828 526000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22150
841 ;;;;;; 28226 938072 702000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22150 28228 350072
900 ;;;;;; 702000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22150 28228 674072
922 ;;;;;; 702000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22150 28226 942072
955 ;;;;;; 702000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22182
982 ;;;;;; 44208 579853 279000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22150 28227 46072
1019 ;;;;;; 702000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22224 48490 143402
1041 ;;;;;; 355000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1069 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1070 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1071
1072 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073
1074 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075
1076 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1077 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1078 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1079 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1080 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1081 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082
1083 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1084 noninteractive functions.
1085
1086 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1087 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088
1089 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1090 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091
1092 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093
1094 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1095 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096
1097 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098
1099 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1100 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1101 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1102 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103
1104 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1105 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1106 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1107 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108
1109 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1110 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111
1112 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115
1116 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1117 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1118 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1119 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1120 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121
1122 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123
1124 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1125 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1126 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1127 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1128 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1129 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130
1131 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1132 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1133 names and values of properties.
1134
1135 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136
1137 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138
1139 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1140 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1141 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1142 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1143 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1144 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145
1146 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1147 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1148 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1149 documentation strings.
1150
1151 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152
1153 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154
1155 ;;;***
1156 \f
1157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22150 28226 946072
1158 ;;;;;; 702000))
1159 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160
1161 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1162 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1163 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1164 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1165 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1166 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167
1168 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1169 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1170 archive.
1171
1172 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173
1174 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175
1176 ;;;***
1177 \f
1178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180
1181 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1182 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183
1184 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1185 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1186 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187
1188 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189
1190 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1191 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1192 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193
1194 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1195 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1196 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1197 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1198 The variables are:
1199
1200 Variables you assign:
1201 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1202 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1203 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1204 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1205 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1206 row numbers in the buffer.
1207
1208 Variables which are calculated:
1209 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1210 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211
1212 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1213 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214
1215 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1216 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1217 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1218 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219
1220 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1226 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1228 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229
1230 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1231 between that of point and mark.
1232
1233 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1234 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235
1236 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1237 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1238 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1239 newlines inside rows)
1240
1241 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242
1243 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244
1245 \(fn)" t nil)
1246
1247 ;;;***
1248 \f
1249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22150 28229
1250 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
1251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1252 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253
1254 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1255 Toggle Artist mode.
1256 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1257 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1258 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259
1260 How to quit Artist mode
1261
1262 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1263
1264
1265 How to submit a bug report
1266
1267 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1268
1269
1270 Drawing with the mouse:
1271
1272 mouse-2
1273 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1274 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1275 below).
1276
1277 mouse-1
1278 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1279 or pastes:
1280
1281 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1284 to new point
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1301 lines
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Paste Paste Paste
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311
1312 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1313 or diagonally.
1314
1315 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1316 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1317 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1318 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1319 poly-lines.
1320
1321 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1322 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1323 overwrite means the opposite.
1324
1325 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1326 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1327 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328
1329 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330
1331 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1332 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1333
1334 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1335 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1336 are currently drawing something.
1337
1338 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1339 some time to fill.
1340
1341
1342 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1343 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344
1345
1346 Settings
1347
1348 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349
1350 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351
1352 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353
1354 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355
1356 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1357 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358
1359 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360
1361
1362 Drawing with keys
1363
1364 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1365 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1366 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1367 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1368 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1369 When pasting: Pastes
1370
1371 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372
1373 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374
1375 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1376 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1377 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1378 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1379 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1380 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1381
1382
1383 Arrows
1384
1385 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1386 of the line/poly-line
1387
1388 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1389 of the line/poly-line
1390
1391
1392 Selecting operation
1393
1394 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395
1396 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1400 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1403 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1409 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1412 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1414 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1415 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1416
1417
1418 Variables
1419
1420 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1421 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422
1423 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1424 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1425 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1426 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1427 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1428 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1429 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1430 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1431 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1432 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1433 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1435 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1436 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1437 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1438 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1439 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1440 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1441 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1442
1443 Hooks
1444
1445 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446
1447
1448 Keymap summary
1449
1450 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451
1452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453
1454 ;;;***
1455 \f
1456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22150 28228
1457 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459
1460 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1461 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1462 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463
1464 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468
1469 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1470 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471
1472 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1473 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474
1475 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476
1477 Special commands:
1478 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479
1480 \(fn)" t nil)
1481
1482 ;;;***
1483 \f
1484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22150
1485 ;;;;;; 28227 658072 702000))
1486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487
1488 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1489 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1490 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1491 let-binding.")
1492
1493 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494
1495 ;;;***
1496 \f
1497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22150 28226 946072
1498 ;;;;;; 702000))
1499 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500
1501 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1502 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1503 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504
1505 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506
1507 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1508 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1510 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1511 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512
1513 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1514 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1515 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1516 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1517 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1518 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1519 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1520 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521
1522 For example:
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1524 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1525 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1526 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1527 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528
1529 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530
1531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532
1533 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1534 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1535 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1538 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539
1540 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541
1542 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1543 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1545 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1546 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547
1548 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1549 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1550 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551
1552 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555
1556 ;;;***
1557 \f
1558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22150 28228
1559 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561
1562 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1563 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564
1565 \(fn)" t nil)
1566
1567 ;;;***
1568 \f
1569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22192 2880 903382
1570 ;;;;;; 391000))
1571 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572
1573 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1574 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1575 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576
1577 \(fn)" t nil)
1578
1579 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1580 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1581 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1582 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583
1584 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585
1586 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1587 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1588 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1590 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1591 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592
1593 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594
1595 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1596 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1598 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1599 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600
1601 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1602 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603
1604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605
1606 ;;;***
1607 \f
1608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22302
1609 ;;;;;; 35693 265420 723000))
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613
1614 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615
1616 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617
1618 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1619 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1620 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621
1622 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1623 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1624 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1625 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1626 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627
1628 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629
1630 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631
1632 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1633 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1634 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1635 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1636 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637
1638 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1639 directory or directories specified.
1640
1641 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1642 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1643 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1644 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1645 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1646 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647
1648 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649
1650 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1651 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1652 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1653 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1654 should be non-nil).
1655
1656 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657
1658 ;;;***
1659 \f
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22292 49734 698738
1661 ;;;;;; 351000))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663
1664 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1665 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669
1670 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1671 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1672 disk changes.
1673
1674 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1675 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1676 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679
1680 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682
1683 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1684 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685
1686 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687
1688 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1689 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1691 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1692 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693
1694 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1695 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1696 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1697 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1698 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699
1700 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1701 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1702 writing before you save the file!
1703
1704 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705
1706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707
1708 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1709 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710
1711 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1712 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713
1714 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715
1716 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1717 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1718 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1721 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722
1723 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724
1725 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1726 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1728 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1729 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730
1731 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1732 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1733 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734
1735 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1736 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1737 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1738 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1739 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740
1741 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1742 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1743 specifies in the mode line.
1744
1745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746
1747 ;;;***
1748 \f
1749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751
1752 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1753 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1754 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1756 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757
1758 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759
1760 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1761 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1762 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1763 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764
1765 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1766 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1767 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768
1769 Effects of the different modes:
1770 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1771 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1772 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1773 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1774 a random distance & direction.
1775 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1776 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1777 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778
1779 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1780 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1781 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782
1783 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784
1785 ;;;***
1786 \f
1787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22150 28228
1788 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790
1791 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792
1793 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1794 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795
1796 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1797 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1798 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799
1800 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801
1802 \(fn)" t nil)
1803
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22216 22852 972596
1807 ;;;;;; 491000))
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1809 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810
1811 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1812 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1813 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1814 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815
1816 \(fn)" t nil)
1817
1818 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1819 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1820 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1823 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824
1825 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826
1827 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1828 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1831 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832
1833 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1834 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1835 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1836 seconds.
1837
1838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839
1840 ;;;***
1841 \f
1842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22150
1843 ;;;;;; 28227 338072 702000))
1844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845
1846 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1847 Time execution of FORMS.
1848 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1849 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1850 FORMS once.
1851 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1852 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1853 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854
1855 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856
1857 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858
1859 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1860 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1861 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1862 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1863 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864
1865 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866
1867 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868
1869 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1870 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1871 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1872 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1873 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874
1875 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876
1877 ;;;***
1878 \f
1879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22150 28229
1880 ;;;;;; 94072 702000))
1881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882
1883 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1884 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1885 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1886 of corresponding buffers.
1887 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1888 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1889 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1890 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1891 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892
1893 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1894 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1895 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896
1897 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898
1899 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1900 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901
1902 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903
1904 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1905 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1906 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1907 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908
1909 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1910 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1911 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1912 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1913 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914
1915 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1916 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1917
1918
1919 Special information:
1920
1921 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922
1923 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1924 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1925 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1926 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1927 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1928 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1929 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1931 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1932 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1933 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934
1935 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1936 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1937 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1938 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1939 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1940 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1941 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1942 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943
1944 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945
1946 ----------------------------------------------------------
1947 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1948 if that value is non-nil.
1949
1950 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1951
1952 \(fn)" t nil)
1953
1954 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1955 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1956 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1957 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1958 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1959 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1960 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1961 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1962 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1963 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1964 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1965 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966
1967 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968
1969 ;;;***
1970 \f
1971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (22150 28229 86072 702000))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974
1975 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1976 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1977
1978 \(fn)" t nil)
1979
1980 ;;;***
1981 \f
1982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22150 28228 226072
1983 ;;;;;; 702000))
1984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985
1986 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1987 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1991 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992
1993 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994
1995 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1996 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997
1998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999
2000 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2001 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002
2003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004
2005 ;;;***
2006 \f
2007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22150 28228
2008 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
2009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010
2011 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2012 Play blackbox.
2013 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014
2015 What is blackbox?
2016
2017 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2018 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2019 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2020 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2021 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2022 your score.
2023
2024 Overview of play:
2025
2026 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2027 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2028 four.
2029
2030 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2031 movement keys.
2032
2033 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2034 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035
2036 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2037 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038
2039 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2040 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2041 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2042 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2043 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2044 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045
2046 Details:
2047
2048 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049
2050 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2051 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2052 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2053 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054
2055 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2056 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2057 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058
2059 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2060 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2061 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062
2063 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2064 example.
2065
2066 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2067 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2068 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2069 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2070 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2071 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2072 ray.
2073
2074 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2075 degree deflection it causes.
2076
2077 1
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2081 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2086 2 3
2087
2088 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2089 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2090
2091
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100
2101 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2102 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2103 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2104 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2105 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2106 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2107 emerging from the box.
2108
2109 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2116 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119
2120 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2121 a reflection.
2122
2123 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2124
2125 ;;;***
2126 \f
2127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22301 64691 837087
2128 ;;;;;; 484000))
2129 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2133 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2134
2135 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2136 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2137 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2138 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2139 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2140 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2141 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2142
2143 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2144 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2145 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2146
2147 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2148 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2149 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2150 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2151 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2152 recent one.
2153
2154 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2155 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2156 yank successive words.
2157
2158 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2159 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2160 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2161 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2162 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2163
2164 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2165 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2166 the list of bookmarks.)
2167
2168 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2169
2170 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2171 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2172 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2173
2174 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2175 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2176 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2177 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2178 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2179 ever deletes the most recent one.
2180
2181 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2182 is nil, raise an error.
2183
2184 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2185 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2186 yank successive words.
2187
2188 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2189 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2190 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2191 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2192 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2193
2194 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2195 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2196 the list of bookmarks.)
2197
2198 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2201 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2205 this.
2206
2207 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2208 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2209 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2210 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2211
2212 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2213 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2214
2215 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2216 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2217 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2218
2219 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2220
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2222 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2223
2224 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2225
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2227 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2228
2229 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2230 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2231 after a bookmark was set in it.
2232
2233 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2234
2235 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2236 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2237
2238 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2239 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2240
2241 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2242
2243 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2244
2245 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2246 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2247 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2248 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2249
2250 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2251 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2252 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2253
2254 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2255 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2256 name.
2257
2258 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2259
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2261 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2262 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2263
2264 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2265 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2266 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2267 this.
2268
2269 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2270
2271 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2272 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2273
2274 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2275 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2276 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2277 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2278 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2279 probably because we were called from there.
2280
2281 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2284 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2285
2286 \(fn)" t nil)
2287
2288 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2289
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2291 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2292 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2293 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2294 \(second argument).
2295
2296 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2297 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2298 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2299 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2300 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2301
2302 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2303 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2304 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2305 `bookmark-default-file'.
2306
2307 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2310 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2311 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2312 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2313 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2314 while loading.
2315
2316 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2317 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2318 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2319 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2320 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2321 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2322
2323 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2324 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2325 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2326
2327 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2328
2329 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2330 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2331 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2332 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2333 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2334
2335 \(fn)" t nil)
2336
2337 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2338
2339 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2340
2341 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2342 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2343
2344 \(fn)" t nil)
2345
2346 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2347
2348 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2349
2350 ;;;***
2351 \f
2352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22189 64323
2353 ;;;;;; 280321 19000))
2354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2355
2356 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2357 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2358 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2359 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2360
2361 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2362 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2363 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2364 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2365 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2366
2367 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2368
2369 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2371 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2372 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2373 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2374 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2375
2376 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2377
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2380 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2381 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2382 narrowed.
2383
2384 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2385
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2387 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2388
2389 \(fn)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2393
2394 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2399 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2400 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2401 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2402 first, if that exists.
2403
2404 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2405 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2406 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2407 ignore it).
2408 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2409 as ARGS.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2415 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2416 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418
2419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2420
2421 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2422 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2423 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2424 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2425 says which browser to use.
2426
2427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2428
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2430 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2431 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2432 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2433
2434 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2437 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2438 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2439 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2440
2441 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2442 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2443 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2444 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2451 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454
2455 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2456
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2460 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2461
2462 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2463 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2464 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2465 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2466
2467 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2468 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2469 new tab in an existing window instead.
2470
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2473
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2479 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2480
2481 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2482 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2483 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2486 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2487 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2488
2489 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2490 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2497 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2498 Chromium.
2499 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2500
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502
2503 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2506 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2507
2508 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2509 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2510 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2511 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512
2513 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2514 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2515 new tab in an existing window instead.
2516
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521
2522 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2523
2524 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2525 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2526
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2528
2529 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2530 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2531 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2532 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2533
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2536 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2537 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543
2544 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2545
2546 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2547 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2548
2549 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2550 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2551 program is invoked according to the variable
2552 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2553
2554 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2555 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2556 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2557 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558
2559 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2560 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2561
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563
2564 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2565
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2568 Default to the URL around or before point.
2569
2570 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2571 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2572 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2573
2574 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2575 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2576 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2577 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578
2579 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2580 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581
2582 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2583
2584 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2585
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2589 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2590
2591 When called interactively, if variable
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2593 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2594 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2595 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596
2597 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2598 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2599 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2600
2601 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2602 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point.
2609
2610 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2611 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2612 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2613
2614 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2615 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2621 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2622 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2623
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625
2626 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2627
2628 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2629 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2630 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2631 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2632 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2633 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2634 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2635
2636 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2637
2638 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2639 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2640 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2641 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2642 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2643
2644 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2645 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2646 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2647 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2648
2649 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2650 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2651
2652 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2655 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2656 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2657 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2658 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2659 current one.
2660
2661 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2662 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2663 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2664 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665
2666 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2667 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2668
2669 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2670
2671 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2672 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2673 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2674 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2675 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2676 don't offer a form of remote control.
2677
2678 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2679
2680 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2681 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2682 Default to the URL around or before point.
2683 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2684
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2686
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around the point.
2690
2691 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2692 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2693
2694 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2695 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2696
2697 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2698
2699 ;;;***
2700 \f
2701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22150 28226 950072 702000))
2702 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2703 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2704
2705 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2706 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2707 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2708 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2709
2710 \(fn)" t nil)
2711
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2713 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2716
2717 \(fn)" t nil)
2718
2719 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2720 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2721
2722 \(fn)" t nil)
2723
2724 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2725 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2726 \\<bs-mode-map>
2727 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2728 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2729 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2730 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2731
2732 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2733 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2734 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2735 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2736 name of buffer configuration.
2737
2738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2739
2740 ;;;***
2741 \f
2742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22150 28228 674072
2743 ;;;;;; 702000))
2744 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2745
2746 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2747 Play Bubbles game.
2748 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2749 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2750 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2751 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2752 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2753 columns on its right towards the left.
2754
2755 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2756 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2757 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2758 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2759
2760 \(fn)" t nil)
2761
2762 ;;;***
2763 \f
2764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2765 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 758072 702000))
2766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2767
2768 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2769
2770 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2771 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2772 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2773 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2774 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2775
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2779 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2780
2781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782
2783 ;;;***
2784 \f
2785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22195
2786 ;;;;;; 16710 339344 967000))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2788 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2789 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2790 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2791
2792 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2793
2794 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2795 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2796 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2797 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2798 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2799 else the global value will be modified.
2800
2801 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2802
2803 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2804 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2805 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2806 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2807 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2808 else the global value will be modified.
2809
2810 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2811
2812 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2813 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2814 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2815
2816 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2817
2818 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2819 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2820 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2822
2823 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2824 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2825 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2826 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2827 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2828 before scanning it.
2829
2830 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2831 that already has a `.elc' file.
2832
2833 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2834 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2835
2836 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2837 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2838 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2839 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2840 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2841 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2842
2843 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2844
2845 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2846 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2847 Print the result in the echo area.
2848 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2849
2850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2851
2852 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2853 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2854 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2855
2856 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2857
2858 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2859 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2860 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2861 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2862 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2863 all functions called by those functions.
2864
2865 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2866 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2867 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2868
2869 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2870 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2871 invoked interactively.
2872
2873 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2874
2875 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2876 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2877 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2878 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2879
2880 \(fn)" nil nil)
2881
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2883 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2886 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2887 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2888 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2889 already up-to-date.
2890
2891 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2894 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2895 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2896 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2897
2898 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2899 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2900 and corresponding effects.
2901
2902 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2903
2904 ;;;***
2905 \f
2906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22192
2907 ;;;;;; 2880 911382 391000))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2909
2910 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2911
2912 ;;;***
2913 \f
2914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22150 28227
2915 ;;;;;; 50072 702000))
2916 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2917
2918 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2919
2920 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2921
2922 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2923
2924 ;;;***
2925 \f
2926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22150
2927 ;;;;;; 28227 50072 702000))
2928 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2929
2930 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2931 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2932 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2933 from the cursor position.
2934
2935 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2936
2937 ;;;***
2938 \f
2939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22150 28227 26072 702000))
2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2941 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2942
2943 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2944 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2945
2946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2947
2948 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2949 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2950
2951 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2952
2953 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2954 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2955
2956 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2957
2958 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2959 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2960 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2961 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2962
2963 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2964
2965 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2967 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2968 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2969
2970 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2971
2972 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2973 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2974 This is most useful in the X window system.
2975 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2976 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2977
2978 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2979
2980 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2981 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2982 See calc-keypad for details.
2983
2984 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2985
2986 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2987 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2988
2989 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2990
2991 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2992 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2993
2994 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2995
2996 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2997 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2998
2999 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3000
3001 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3002 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3003 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3004
3005 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3006
3007 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3008 Define Calc function.
3009
3010 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3011 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3012 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3013
3014 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3015 actual Lisp function name.
3016
3017 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3018
3019 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3020
3021 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3022
3023 ;;;***
3024 \f
3025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22150 28227
3026 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3028
3029 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3030
3031
3032 \(fn N)" t nil)
3033
3034 ;;;***
3035 \f
3036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22222 61645 281665
3037 ;;;;;; 355000))
3038 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3039
3040 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3041 Run the Emacs calculator.
3042 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3043
3044 \(fn)" t nil)
3045
3046 ;;;***
3047 \f
3048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22192 2880
3049 ;;;;;; 919382 391000))
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3051
3052 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3053 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3054 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3055 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3056 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3057 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3058
3059 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3060 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3061 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3062 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3063 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3064 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3065 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3066 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3067 window.
3068
3069 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3070 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3071
3072 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3073 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3074 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3075 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3076 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3077 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3078
3079 Runs the following hooks:
3080
3081 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3082 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3083 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3084 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3085
3086 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3087
3088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3089
3090 ;;;***
3091 \f
3092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22150 28227 658072
3093 ;;;;;; 702000))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3095
3096 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3097 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3098
3099 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3100
3101 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3102 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3103 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3104 it fails.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3107
3108 ;;;***
3109 \f
3110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22308
3111 ;;;;;; 37947 170422 527000))
3112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3113
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3115 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3116
3117 \(fn)" nil nil)
3118
3119 ;;;***
3120 \f
3121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22150 28228
3122 ;;;;;; 790072 702000))
3123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3124
3125 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3126 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3127
3128 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3129 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3130
3131 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3132 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3133
3134 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3135
3136 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3137 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3138 made from scratch.
3139
3140 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3141
3142 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3143 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3144
3145 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3146 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3147 made from scratch.
3148
3149 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3150
3151 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3152 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3153
3154 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3155
3156 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3157 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3158 made from scratch.
3159
3160 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3161
3162 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3163 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3164
3165 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3166 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3167 made from scratch.
3168
3169 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3170
3171 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3172 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3173
3174 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3175
3176 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3177 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3178 made from scratch.
3179
3180 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3181
3182 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3183 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3184
3185 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3186 variables are guessed:
3187
3188 * `c-basic-offset', and
3189 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3190 `c-offsets-alist'.
3191
3192 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3193 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3194
3195 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3196 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3197
3198 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3199 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3200 guess is made from scratch.
3201
3202 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3203 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3204
3205 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3206
3207 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3208 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3209 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3210 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3211
3212 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3213 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3214 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3215
3216 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3217
3218 ;;;***
3219 \f
3220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22162 19398
3221 ;;;;;; 889892 547000))
3222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3223
3224 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3225 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3226 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3227 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3228 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3229 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3230 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3231
3232 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3241
3242 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing C code.
3244
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3247 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3248 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3249
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3251
3252 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3253 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3254
3255 Key bindings:
3256 \\{c-mode-map}
3257
3258 \(fn)" t nil)
3259
3260 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3263 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 message.
3267
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3272
3273 Key bindings:
3274 \\{c++-mode-map}
3275
3276 \(fn)" t nil)
3277 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3278
3279 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3282 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3286
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3288
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3291
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{objc-mode-map}
3294
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3297
3298 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Java code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3304 message.
3305
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3310
3311 Key bindings:
3312 \\{java-mode-map}
3313
3314 \(fn)" t nil)
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3316
3317 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3318 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3319 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3320 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3321 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3322 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3323 message.
3324
3325 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3326
3327 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3328 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3329
3330 Key bindings:
3331 \\{idl-mode-map}
3332
3333 \(fn)" t nil)
3334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3336
3337 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3338 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3339 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3340 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3341 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3342 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3343 message.
3344
3345 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3346
3347 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3348 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3349
3350 Key bindings:
3351 \\{pike-mode-map}
3352
3353 \(fn)" t nil)
3354 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3355 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3359
3360 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3361 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3362 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3363 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3364 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3365 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3366
3367 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3368
3369 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3370 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3371
3372 Key bindings:
3373 \\{awk-mode-map}
3374
3375 \(fn)" t nil)
3376
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22150
3380 ;;;;;; 28228 798072 702000))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3382
3383 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3384 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3385 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3386 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3387
3388 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3389
3390 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3391 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3392 might get set too.
3393
3394 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3395 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3396 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3397 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3398 in this way.
3399
3400 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3401 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3402 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3403 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3404 a null operation.
3405
3406 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3407
3408 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3409 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3410 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3411 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3412
3413 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3414
3415 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3416 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3417 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3418
3419 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3420
3421 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3422 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3423 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3424 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3425 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3426
3427 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3428
3429 ;;;***
3430 \f
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22150 28228
3432 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
3433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3434 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3435 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3436 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3437
3438 ;;;***
3439 \f
3440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22150 28228 106072
3441 ;;;;;; 702000))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3443
3444 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3445 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3446
3447 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3448
3449 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3450 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3451
3452 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3453
3454 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3455 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3456
3457 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3458 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3459 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3460 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3461 execution.
3462
3463 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3464
3465 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3466
3467 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3468 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3469
3470 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3471 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3472 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3473 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3474
3475 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3476 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3477 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3478 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3479 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3480 `write' commands.
3481
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3483 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3484 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3485 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3486
3487 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3488 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3489 semantics.
3490
3491 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3492
3493 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3494
3495 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3496
3497 STATEMENT :=
3498 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3499 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3500
3501 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3502 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3503 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3504 | integer
3505
3506 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3507
3508 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3509 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3510 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3511
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3514 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3515
3516 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3517
3518 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3519 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3520 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3521 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3522 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3523 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3524 ;; last STATEMENT.
3525 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3526
3527 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3528 BREAK := (break)
3529
3530 REPEAT :=
3531 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3532 (repeat)
3533 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3534 ;; (repeat))
3535 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3536 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3537 ;; (read REG)
3538 ;; (repeat))
3539 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3541 ;; (read REG)
3542 ;; (repeat))
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3544
3545 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3546 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3547 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3548 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3549 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3550 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3551 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3552 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3553 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3554 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3555 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3556 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3557 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3558 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3559 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3560 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3561
3562 WRITE :=
3563 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3564 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3565 ;; representation.
3566 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3567 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3568 ;; (write r7))
3569 | (write EXPRESSION)
3570 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3571 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3572 ;; representation.
3573 | (write integer)
3574 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3575 ;; buffer.
3576 | (write string)
3577 ;; Same as: (write string)
3578 | string
3579 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3580 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3581 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3582 ;; representation.
3583 | (write REG ARRAY)
3584 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3585 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3586 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3587 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3588 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3589 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3590
3591 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3592 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3593
3594 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3595 END := (end)
3596
3597 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3598 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3599 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3600
3601 ARG := REG | integer
3602
3603 OPERATOR :=
3604 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3605 + | - | * | / | %
3606
3607 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3608 | & | `|' | ^
3609
3610 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3611 | << | >>
3612
3613 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3614 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3615 | <8
3616
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3619 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3620 | >8
3621
3622 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3623 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3624 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3625 | //
3626
3627 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3628 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3629
3630 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3631 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3632 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3633 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3634 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3635 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3636 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3637 | de-sjis
3638
3639 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3640 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3641 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3642 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3643 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3644 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3645 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3646 ;; byte of SJIS.
3647 | en-sjis
3648
3649 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3650 ;; Same meaning as C code
3651 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3652
3653 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3654 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3655 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3656 | <8=
3657
3658 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3659 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3660 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3661
3662 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3664 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3665 | //=
3666
3667 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3668
3669
3670 TRANSLATE :=
3671 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3672 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3673 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3674 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3675 ;; respectively.
3676 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3677 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3678 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3679 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3680
3681 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3682 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3683 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3684
3685 LOOKUP :=
3686 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3687 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3688 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3689 ;; respectively.
3690 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3691 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3692 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3693
3694 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3695 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3696 ;; REG.
3697 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3700
3701 MAP :=
3702 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3703 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3704 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3705 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3706
3707 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3708 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3709 MAP-ID := integer
3710
3711 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3712
3713 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3714
3715 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3716 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3717 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3718 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3719 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3720 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3721
3722 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3723
3724 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3725 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3726 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3727
3728 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3729
3730 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3731
3732 ;;;***
3733 \f
3734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22150 28227
3735 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3737
3738 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3739 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3740 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3741 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3742
3743 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3744
3745 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3746
3747 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3748 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3749
3750 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3751
3752 ;;;***
3753 \f
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22150 28227 146072
3755 ;;;;;; 702000))
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3757 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3758
3759 ;;;***
3760 \f
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22150 28228
3762 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3765
3766 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3767 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3768 There are no special keybindings by default.
3769
3770 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3771 to the action header.
3772
3773 \(fn)" t nil)
3774
3775 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3776 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3777 There are no special keybindings by default.
3778
3779 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3780 to the action header.
3781
3782 \(fn)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3785 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3786
3787 \(fn)" t nil)
3788
3789 ;;;***
3790 \f
3791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22150
3792 ;;;;;; 28227 274072 702000))
3793 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3794
3795 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3796 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3797 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3798 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3799 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3800
3801 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3802 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3803
3804 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3805 from which to start.
3806
3807 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3808
3809 ;;;***
3810 \f
3811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22150 28227
3812 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3814 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3815
3816 ;;;***
3817 \f
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3819 ;;;;;; (22296 46772 428104 103000))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3821
3822 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3823 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3824 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3825
3826 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3827
3828 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3829 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3830 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3831
3832 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3833
3834 ;;;***
3835 \f
3836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22197
3837 ;;;;;; 58438 127460 447000))
3838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3839 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3840 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3841 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3842 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3843 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3848
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3850 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3851
3852 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3855
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3857 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3858 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3859 the users will view as each check is completed.
3860
3861 \(fn)" t nil)
3862
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3865 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3866 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3867 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3868 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3869 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3870 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3871
3872 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3873
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3875 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3876 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3877 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3878 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3879 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3880 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3881 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3882
3883 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3884
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3886 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3887 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3888 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3889 spacing are all verified.
3890
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3892
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3894 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3895 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3896 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3897 otherwise stop after the first error.
3898
3899 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3900
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3903
3904 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3907 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3908 Only documentation strings are checked.
3909 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3910 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3911 a separate buffer.
3912
3913 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3914
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3916 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3918 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3919 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3920
3921 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3924 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3925 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3926 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3927 if there is one.
3928
3929 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3932 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3934 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3935 if there is one.
3936 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3937
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3941 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3942 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3943
3944 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3945
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3947 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3948 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3949 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3950 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3951
3952 \(fn)" t nil)
3953
3954 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3955 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3956 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3957 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3958 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3959 space at the end of each line.
3960
3961 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3962
3963 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3964 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3965 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3966 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3967
3968 \(fn)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3972 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3974
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3976
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3981
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3988
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3990
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3995
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3997
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4002
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4009
4010 \(fn)" t nil)
4011
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4016
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4018
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4023
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4025
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4027 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4028 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4029 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4030 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4031
4032 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4033 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4034 checking of documentation strings.
4035
4036 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4037
4038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4039
4040 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4041 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4042
4043 \(fn)" t nil)
4044
4045 ;;;***
4046 \f
4047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22150
4048 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
4049 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4050
4051 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4052 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4053 Return the length of resulting text.
4054
4055 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4056
4057 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4058 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4059
4060 \(fn)" t nil)
4061
4062 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4063 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4064 Return the length of resulting text.
4065
4066 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4067
4068 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4069 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4070
4071 \(fn)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4074
4075
4076 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4077
4078 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4079
4080
4081 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4082
4083 ;;;***
4084 \f
4085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22150 28227 274072
4086 ;;;;;; 702000))
4087 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4088
4089 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4090 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4091 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4092 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4093 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4094 editing and the result is evaluated.
4095
4096 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4097
4098 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4099 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4100 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4101 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4102 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4103
4104 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4105
4106 \(fn)" t nil)
4107
4108 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4109 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4110 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4111 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4112 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4113
4114 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4115 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4116 \\{command-history-map}
4117
4118 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4119 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4120
4121 \(fn)" t nil)
4122
4123 ;;;***
4124 \f
4125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22150
4126 ;;;;;; 28227 366072 702000))
4127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4128
4129 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4130 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4131 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4132 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4133 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4134 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4135 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4136 of this function.
4137
4138 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4139 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4140 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4141 property are:
4142
4143 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4144 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4145
4146 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4147 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4148 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4149 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4150 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4151 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4152 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4153 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4154 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4155 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4156 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4157 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4158
4159 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4160 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4161 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4162
4163 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4164 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4165 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4166 list elements are:
4167
4168 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4169
4170 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4171
4172 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4173
4174 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4175 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4176
4177 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4178 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4179
4180 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4181 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4182 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4183 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4184 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4185 value specified by their associated list element.
4186
4187 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4188
4189 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4190 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4191 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4192
4193 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4194 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4195 * indent the first argument by 4.
4196 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4197 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4198 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4199
4200 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4201 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4202 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4203 instead.
4204
4205 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4206
4207 ;;;***
4208 \f
4209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22220 19926
4210 ;;;;;; 380329 271000))
4211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4212 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4213
4214 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4215
4216 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4217 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4218 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4219 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4220 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4221 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4222
4223 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4224 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4225
4226 ;;;***
4227 \f
4228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22150 28228
4229 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4231
4232 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4233 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4234 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4235 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4236
4237 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4238 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4239 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4240 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4241
4242 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4243 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4244
4245 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4246
4247 ;;;***
4248 \f
4249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22150 28227 274072
4250 ;;;;;; 702000))
4251 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4252
4253 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4254 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4255 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4256 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4257 of `scheme-program-name').
4258 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4259 it is given as initial input.
4260 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4261 discards input when it starts up.
4262 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4263 is run).
4264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4265
4266 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4267
4268 ;;;***
4269 \f
4270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22150 28227 274072 702000))
4271 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4272
4273 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4274 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4275 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4276 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4277
4278 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4279 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4280
4281 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4282 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4283 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4284
4285 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4286
4287 ;;;***
4288 \f
4289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22280 21348 921123 491000))
4290 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4291
4292 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4293 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4294 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4295 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4296 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4297 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4298 functions have already modified the buffer.
4299
4300 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4301
4302 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4303 either globally or locally.")
4304
4305 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4306 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4307 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4308 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4309
4310 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4311 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4312 `start-file-process'
4313 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4314 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4315 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4316
4317 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4318 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4319
4320 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4321
4322 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4323
4324 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4325
4326 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4327 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4328 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4329 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4330 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4331 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4332 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4333 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4334 process as its initial input.
4335
4336 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4337
4338 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4339
4340 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4341
4342 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4343 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4344 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4345 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4346 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4347 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4348
4349 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4350
4351 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4352
4353 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4354 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4355 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4356 directory tracking functions.")
4357
4358 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4359 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4360 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4361
4362 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4363
4364 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4365
4366 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4367 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4368 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4369
4370 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4371
4372 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4373
4374 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4375 Send COMMAND to current process.
4376 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4377 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4378
4379 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4380
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4385
4386 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4387
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22150 28229
4391 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
4392 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4393
4394 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4395 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4396 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4397 to get another window.
4398
4399 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4400 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4401
4402 This command pushes the mark in each window
4403 at the prior location of point in that window.
4404 If both windows display the same buffer,
4405 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4406 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4407
4408 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4409 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4410 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4411 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4412 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4413 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4414 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4415 ignored.
4416
4417 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4418 this command work in interlaced mode:
4419 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4420 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4421 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4422
4423 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4424
4425 ;;;***
4426 \f
4427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22308 37947
4428 ;;;;;; 174422 527000))
4429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4430
4431 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4432 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4433
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4435
4436 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4437 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4438 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4439
4440 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4441
4442 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4443 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4444 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4445
4446 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4447
4448 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4449 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4450 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4451 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4452 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4453
4454 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4455 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4456 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4457 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4458 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4459
4460 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4461 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4462 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4463 describing how the process finished.")
4464
4465 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4466 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4467 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4468 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4469 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4470
4471 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4472 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4473 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4474
4475 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4476
4477 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4478 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4479 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4480 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4481
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4483
4484 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4485 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4486
4487 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4488 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4489
4490 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4491 (lambda ()
4492 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4493 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4494 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4495 (concat \"make -k \"
4496 (if buffer-file-name
4497 (shell-quote-argument
4498 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4499
4500 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4501 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4502
4503 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4504 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4505 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4506 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4507
4508 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4509
4510 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4511 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4512 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4513 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4514
4515 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4516 and move to the source code that caused it.
4517
4518 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4519 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4520
4521 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4522 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4523 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4524 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4525 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4526
4527 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4528 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4529 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4530 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4531
4532 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4533 kills its subprocesses.
4534
4535 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4536 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4537 to a function that generates a unique name.
4538
4539 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4540
4541 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4542 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4543 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4544 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4545
4546 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4547 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4548
4549 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4550 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4551 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4552 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4553
4554 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4555 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4556 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4557
4558 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4559
4560 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4561
4562 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4563 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4564 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4565 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4566 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4567
4568 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4569
4570 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4571
4572 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4573
4574 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4575
4576 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4577 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4579 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4580 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4581
4582 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4583 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4584 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4585 See `compilation-mode'.
4586
4587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4588
4589 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4590 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4592 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4593 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4594
4595 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4596 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4597 `compilation-mode'.
4598
4599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4600
4601 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4602 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4603 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4604
4605 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4606
4607 ;;;***
4608 \f
4609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22197 58438 91460
4610 ;;;;;; 447000))
4611 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4612
4613 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4614 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4615 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4618 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4619
4620 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4621
4622 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4623 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4624 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4625 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4626 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4627
4628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4629
4630 ;;;***
4631 \f
4632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22150
4633 ;;;;;; 28229 94072 702000))
4634 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4635
4636 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4637 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4638 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4639 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4640 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4641 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4642 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4643
4644 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4645 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4646 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4647
4648 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4649 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4650 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4651
4652 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4653 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4654 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4655 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4656
4657 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4658 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4659 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4660 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4661 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4662 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4663 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4664
4665 \\{conf-mode-map}
4666
4667 \(fn)" t nil)
4668
4669 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4670 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4671 Comments start with `#'.
4672 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4673
4674 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4675
4676 \[Desktop Entry]
4677 Encoding=UTF-8
4678 Name=The GIMP
4679 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4680 Name[cs]=GIMP
4681
4682 \(fn)" t nil)
4683
4684 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4686 Comments start with `;'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4688
4689 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4690
4691 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4692 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4693 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4694
4695 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4696 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4697
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4702 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4703 between `/*' and `*/'.
4704 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4705
4706 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4707 // another kind of comment
4708 /* yet another */
4709
4710 name:value
4711 name=value
4712 name value
4713 x.1 =
4714 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4715 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4716
4717 \(fn)" t nil)
4718
4719 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4720 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4721 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4722 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4723 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4724 `conf-space-keywords'.
4725 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4726 in an interactive fashion instead.
4727
4728 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4729
4730 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4731
4732 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4733 image/png png
4734 image/tiff tiff tif
4735
4736 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4737 class desktop
4738 # Standard multimedia devices
4739 add /dev/audio desktop
4740 add /dev/mixer desktop
4741
4742 \(fn)" t nil)
4743
4744 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4745 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4746 See `conf-space-mode'.
4747
4748 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4749
4750 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4751 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4752 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4753 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4754
4755 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4756
4757 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4758 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4759
4760 \(fn)" t nil)
4761
4762 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4763 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4764 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4765 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4766
4767 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4768
4769 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4770 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4771
4772 \(fn)" t nil)
4773
4774 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4775 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4776 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4777 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4778
4779 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4780
4781 *background: gray99
4782 *foreground: black
4783
4784 \(fn)" t nil)
4785
4786 ;;;***
4787 \f
4788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22150 28228 674072
4789 ;;;;;; 702000))
4790 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4791
4792 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4793 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4794 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4795 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4796 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4797 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4798
4799 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4800
4801 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4802 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4803 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4804 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4805
4806 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4807
4808 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4809 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4810 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4811 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4812
4813 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4814
4815 ;;;***
4816 \f
4817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22150
4818 ;;;;;; 28227 374072 702000))
4819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4820 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4821 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4822 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4823
4824 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4825 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4826 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4827 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4828 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4829 following the copyright are updated as well.
4830 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4831 interactively.
4832
4833 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4834
4835 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4836 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4837 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4838 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4839 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4840
4841 \(fn)" t nil)
4842
4843 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4844 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4845
4846 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4847
4848 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4849 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4850 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4851
4852 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4853
4854 ;;;***
4855 \f
4856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22197
4857 ;;;;;; 58438 427460 447000))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4859 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4860 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4861 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4862 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4863 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4864 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4865 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4866
4867 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4868 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4869 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4870 Tab indents for Perl code.
4871 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4872 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4873
4874 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4875 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4876 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4877 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4878 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4879 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4880 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4881 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4882 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4883 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4884 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4885 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4886
4887 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4888
4889 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4890 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4891
4892 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4893
4894 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4895 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4896 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4897 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4898 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4899 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4900 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4901 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4902 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4903
4904 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4905
4906 bite if angry;
4907
4908 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4909 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4910 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4911 to nil.)
4912
4913 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4914 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4915 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4916
4917 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4918
4919 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4920 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4921 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4922 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4923 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4924
4925 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4926
4927 if (A) { B }
4928
4929 into
4930
4931 B if A;
4932
4933 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4934
4935 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4936 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4937 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4938 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4939 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4940 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4941 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4942 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4943 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4944 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4945 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4946 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4947 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4948
4949 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4950 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4951 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4952 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4953 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4954 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4955
4956 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4957 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4958 man via menu.
4959
4960 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4961 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4962 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4963 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4964 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4965
4966 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4967 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4968 span the needed amount of lines.
4969
4970 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4971 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4972 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4973 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4974
4975 Variables controlling indentation style:
4976 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4977 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4978 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4979 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4980 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4981 `cperl-auto-newline'
4982 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4983 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4984 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4985 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4986 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4987 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4988 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4989 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4990 `cperl-indent-level'
4991 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4992 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4993 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4994 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4995 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4996 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4997 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4998 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4999 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5000 `cperl-brace-offset'
5001 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5002 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5003 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5004 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5005 `cperl-label-offset'
5006 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5007 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5008 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5009
5010 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5011 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5012 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5013 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5014 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5015 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5016
5017 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5018 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5019 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5020 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5021
5022 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5023 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5024 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5025 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5026 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5027 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5028 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5029
5030 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5031 column 0 is indented on
5032 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5033
5034 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5035 with no args.
5036
5037 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5038 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5039 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5040
5041 \(fn)" t nil)
5042
5043 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5044 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5045
5046 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5047
5048 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5049 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5050
5051 \(fn)" t nil)
5052
5053 ;;;***
5054 \f
5055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22150 28228 806072
5056 ;;;;;; 702000))
5057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5058
5059 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5060 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5061 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5062 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5063 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5064
5065 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5066
5067 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5068 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5069
5070 \(fn)" t nil)
5071
5072 ;;;***
5073 \f
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22150 28227 374072
5075 ;;;;;; 702000))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5077
5078 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5079 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5080 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5081 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5082 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5083 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5084 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5085 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5086
5087 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5088 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5089
5090 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5091 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5092 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5093
5094 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5095 with empty strings removed.
5096
5097 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5098
5099 ;;;***
5100 \f
5101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22192 2874
5102 ;;;;;; 475382 391000))
5103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5104
5105 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5106 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5107
5108 \(fn)" t nil)
5109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5110
5111 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5112 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5113
5114 \(fn)" t nil)
5115
5116 ;;;***
5117 \f
5118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22150 28227
5119 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5121
5122 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5123 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5124 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5127 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5128
5129 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5130
5131 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5132 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5133 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5134 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5135 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5136
5137 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5138 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5139 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5140 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5141 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5142 normal function of these prefix keys.
5143
5144 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5145 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5146 options:
5147 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5148 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5149 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5150
5151 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5152 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5153 the prefix fallback behavior.
5154
5155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5156
5157 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5158 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5159
5160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5161
5162 ;;;***
5163 \f
5164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22150 28227
5165 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
5166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5167
5168 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5169 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5170 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5171
5172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5173
5174 ;;;***
5175 \f
5176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5177 ;;;;;; (22309 58853 326986 699000))
5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5179
5180 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5181
5182 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5183 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5184
5185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5186
5187 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5188 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5189 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5190 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5191 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5192 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5193 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5194
5195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196
5197 ;;;***
5198 \f
5199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22150 28227 290072
5200 ;;;;;; 702000))
5201 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5202
5203 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5204 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5205
5206 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5207
5208 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5209 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5210
5211 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5212
5213 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5214 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5215
5216 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5217
5218 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5219 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5220
5221 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5222 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5223
5224 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5225 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5226
5227 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5228
5229 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5230
5231 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5232 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5233 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5234
5235 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5236 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5237
5238 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5239 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5240
5241 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5242 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5243
5244 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5245
5246 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5247
5248 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5249 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5250 Return VALUE.
5251
5252 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5253 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5254
5255 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5256 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5257
5258 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5259 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5260
5261 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5262
5263 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5264
5265 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5266 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5267 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5268 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5269
5270 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5271 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5272 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5273
5274 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5275
5276 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5277 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5278 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5279 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5280 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5281
5282 \(fn)" t nil)
5283
5284 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5285 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5286 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5287 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5288
5289 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5290
5291 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5293 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5294
5295 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5298 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5299
5300 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5301
5302 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5303
5304 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5306
5307 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5308
5309 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5310
5311 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5313 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5314
5315 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5316
5317 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5318 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5319 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5320 as part of Emacs itself.
5321
5322 Each elements looks like this:
5323
5324 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5325
5326 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5327 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5328 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5329 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5330 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5331 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5332 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5333 and `defface'.
5334
5335 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5336
5337 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5338 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5339 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5340 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5341 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5342
5343 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5344 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5345 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5346 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5347
5348 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5349
5350 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5352 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5353 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5354 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5355 release.
5356
5357 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5358 that were added or redefined since that version.
5359
5360 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5361
5362 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5363 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5364 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5365 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5366
5367 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5368
5369 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5370 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5371
5372 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5375 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5376 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5377
5378 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5379 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5380
5381 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5382
5383 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5384 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5385
5386 \(fn)" t nil)
5387
5388 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5389 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5390
5391 \(fn)" t nil)
5392
5393 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5394 Customize all saved options and faces.
5395
5396 \(fn)" t nil)
5397
5398 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5399 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5400 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5401 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5402 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5403 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5404
5405 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5406 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5407 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5408
5409 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5412 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5413
5414 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5417 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5418
5419 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5420
5421 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5422 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5423
5424 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5425
5426 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5427 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5428 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5429 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5430
5431 \(fn)" nil nil)
5432
5433 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5434 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5435 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5436 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5437 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5438 that option.
5439 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5440
5441 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5442
5443 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5444 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5445 The result includes selecting that window.
5446 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5447 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5448 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5449 that option.
5450
5451 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5452
5453 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5454 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5455
5456 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5457
5458 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5459 File used for storing customization information.
5460 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5461 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5462 it should be an absolute file name.
5463
5464 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5465 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5466 something like the following in your init file:
5467
5468 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5469 \(load custom-file)
5470
5471 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5472 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5473
5474 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5475 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5476 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5477 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5478 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5479
5480 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5481 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5482 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5483 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5484 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5485 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5486 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5487 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5488 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5489 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5490
5491 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5492
5493 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5494 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5495
5496 \(fn)" nil nil)
5497
5498 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5499 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5500
5501 \(fn)" t nil)
5502
5503 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5504 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5505 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5506
5507 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5508
5509 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5510 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5511 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5512 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5513 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5514
5515 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5516
5517 ;;;***
5518 \f
5519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22150 28227 290072
5520 ;;;;;; 702000))
5521 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5522
5523 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5524 Create or edit a custom theme.
5525 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5526 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5527 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5528 from the Custom save file.
5529 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5530 named *Custom Theme*.
5531
5532 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5533
5534 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5535 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5536
5537 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5538
5539 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5540 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5541
5542 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5543
5544 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5545 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5546 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5547 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5548
5549 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5550
5551 ;;;***
5552 \f
5553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22150 28229
5554 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5556
5557 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5558 Mode used for cvs status output.
5559
5560 \(fn)" t nil)
5561
5562 ;;;***
5563 \f
5564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22150 28228 810072
5565 ;;;;;; 702000))
5566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5567 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5568
5569 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5570 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5571
5572 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5573
5574 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5575 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5576 C++ modes are included.
5577
5578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5579 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5580 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5581
5582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5583
5584 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5585
5586 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5587 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5588 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5590 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5591 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5592
5593 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5594
5595 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5596 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5597 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5598 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5599 ARG is omitted or nil.
5600
5601 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5602 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5603 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5604
5605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5606
5607 ;;;***
5608 \f
5609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22150
5610 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
5611 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5612
5613 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5614 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5615
5616 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5617
5618 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5619 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5620
5621 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5622
5623 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5624 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5625 For readability, the table is slightly
5626 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5627
5628 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5629 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5630 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5631 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5632 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5633
5634 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5635
5636 ;;;***
5637 \f
5638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22232 11079 208267
5639 ;;;;;; 636000))
5640 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5641 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5642 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5643 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5644 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5645
5646 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5647 Completion on current word.
5648 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5649 and presents suggestions for completion.
5650
5651 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5652 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5653 completions.
5654
5655 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5656 then it searches *all* buffers.
5657
5658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5659
5660 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5661 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5662
5663 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5664 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5665 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5666 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5667 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5668
5669 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5670 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5671
5672 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5673 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5674 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5675
5676 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5677 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5678
5679 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5680
5681 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5682
5683 ;;;***
5684 \f
5685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22150 28227
5686 ;;;;;; 146072 702000))
5687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5688
5689 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5690 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5691
5692 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5693
5694 ;;;***
5695 \f
5696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
5697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5698
5699 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5700 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5701 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5702 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5703 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5704
5705 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5706
5707 ;;;***
5708 \f
5709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22150 28228
5710 ;;;;;; 810072 702000))
5711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5712
5713 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5714 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5715
5716 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5717 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5718 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5719
5720 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5721 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5722 Data lines are not indented.
5723
5724 Key bindings:
5725
5726 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5727 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5728
5729 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5730 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5731 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5732 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5733
5734 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5735
5736 dcl-basic-offset
5737 Extra indentation within blocks.
5738
5739 dcl-continuation-offset
5740 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5741
5742 dcl-margin-offset
5743 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5744
5745 dcl-margin-label-offset
5746 Indentation for a label.
5747
5748 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5749 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5750
5751 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5752 dcl-block-end-regexp
5753 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5754 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5755 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5756 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5757 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5758
5759 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5760 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5761 Two such functions are included in the package:
5762 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5763 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5764
5765 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5766 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5767 One such function is included in the package:
5768 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5769
5770 dcl-tab-always-indent
5771 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5772 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5773 margin.
5774
5775 dcl-electric-characters
5776 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5777 typed.
5778
5779 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5780 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5781 which words trigger electric indentation.
5782
5783 dcl-tempo-comma
5784 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5785 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5786 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5787
5788 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5789 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5790 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5791 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5792
5793 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5794 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5795 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5796 dcl-imenu-label-call
5797 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5798
5799 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5800 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5801 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5802 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5803
5804
5805 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5806
5807 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5808 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5809 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5810 $ i = 1
5811 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5812 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5813 $ label:
5814 $ if i.eq.1
5815 $ then
5816 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5817 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5818 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5819 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5820 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5821 \"lined up with the command line\"
5822 $ type sys$input
5823 Data lines are not indented at all.
5824 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5825 $ endif
5826 $
5827
5828
5829 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5830 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5831
5832 \(fn)" t nil)
5833
5834 ;;;***
5835 \f
5836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22150 28227
5837 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5839
5840 (setq debugger 'debug)
5841
5842 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5843 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5844 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5845 of the evaluator.
5846
5847 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5848 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5849 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5850
5851 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5854 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5855
5856 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5857
5858 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5859 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5860 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5861 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5862 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5863 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5864
5865 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5866 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5867
5868 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5869
5870 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5871 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5872 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5873 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5874 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5875
5876 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5877
5878 ;;;***
5879 \f
5880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22150 28228
5881 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5883
5884 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5885 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5886
5887 \(fn)" t nil)
5888
5889 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5890 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5891 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5892 Upper-case letters are commands.
5893
5894 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5895 modify it.
5896
5897 The most useful commands are:
5898 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5899 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5900 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5901 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5902 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5903 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5904
5905 \(fn)" t nil)
5906
5907 ;;;***
5908 \f
5909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22150 28227 290072
5910 ;;;;;; 702000))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5912 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5913
5914 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5915 Customization of `columns' group.
5916
5917 \(fn)" t nil)
5918
5919 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5920 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5921
5922 START and END delimits the text region.
5923
5924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5925
5926 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5927 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5928
5929 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5930
5931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5932
5933 ;;;***
5934 \f
5935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22159 43206 893781 63000))
5936 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5937
5938 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5939
5940 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5941 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5942 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5943 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5944 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5945 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5946
5947 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5948
5949 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5950 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5952 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5953 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5954
5955 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5956 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5957 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5958 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5959
5960 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5961 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5962
5963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5964
5965 ;;;***
5966 \f
5967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22229 34898
5968 ;;;;;; 796051 395000))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5970
5971 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5972 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5973
5974 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5975
5976 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5977 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5978 or nil if there is no parent.
5979 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5980 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5981 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5982 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5983 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5984
5985 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5986 arguments are currently understood:
5987 :group GROUP
5988 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5989 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5990 :syntax-table TABLE
5991 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5992 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5993 :abbrev-table TABLE
5994 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5995 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5996
5997 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5998
5999 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6000
6001 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6002 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6003 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6004
6005 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6006 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6007
6008 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6009 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6010 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6011
6012 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6013 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6014
6015 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6016 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6017
6018 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6019
6020 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6021
6022 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6023
6024 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6025 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6026 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6027 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6028 the first time the mode is used.
6029
6030 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6031
6032 ;;;***
6033 \f
6034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22300 43827 136520
6035 ;;;;;; 15000))
6036 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6037
6038 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6039 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6040 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6041 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6042 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6043 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6044 otherwise.
6045
6046 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6047
6048 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6049 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6050 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6051 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6052
6053 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6054 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6055 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6056
6057 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6058 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6059 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6060 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6061 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6062 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6063 relevant to POS.
6064
6065 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6066
6067 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6068 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6069
6070 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6071 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6072 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6073 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6074 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6075 minibuffer window for width limit.
6076
6077 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6078 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6079
6080 \(fn)" nil nil)
6081
6082 ;;;***
6083 \f
6084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22189 64323 80321 19000))
6085 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6086
6087 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6088 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6089 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6092 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6093
6094 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6095
6096 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6097 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6098 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6099 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6100 is omitted or nil.
6101
6102 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6103 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6104 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6105 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6106
6107 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6108 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6109
6110 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6111 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6112
6113 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6114
6115 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6116
6117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6118
6119 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6120 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6121 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6122 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6123
6124 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6125
6126 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6127 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6128
6129 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6130 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6131 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6132
6133 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6134 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6135
6136 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6137 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6138 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6139
6140 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6141 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6142 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6143 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6144
6145 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6146
6147 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6148 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6149
6150 Handlers are called with argument list
6151
6152 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6153
6154 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6155
6156 `desktop-file-version'
6157 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6158 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6159 `desktop-buffer-point'
6160 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6161 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6162 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6163
6164 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6165 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6166
6167 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6168 code like
6169
6170 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6171 ...
6172 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6173 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6174
6175 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6176 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6177 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6178
6179 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6180
6181 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6182 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6183 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6184 List elements must have the form
6185
6186 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6187
6188 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6189 function.
6190
6191 Handlers are called with argument list
6192
6193 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6194
6195 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6196
6197 `desktop-file-version'
6198 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6199 `desktop-buffer-name'
6200 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6201 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6202 `desktop-buffer-point'
6203 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6204 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6205 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6206
6207 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6208 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6209 created and set.
6210
6211 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6212 code like
6213
6214 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6215 ...
6216 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6217 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6218
6219 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6220 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6221 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6222
6223 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6224
6225 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6226
6227 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6228 Empty the Desktop.
6229 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6230 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6231 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6232 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6233 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6234 if different).
6235
6236 \(fn)" t nil)
6237
6238 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6239 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6240 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6241 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6242 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6243 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6244 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6245 do not rewrite the file.
6246
6247 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6248 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6249 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6250 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6251 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6252 file.
6253
6254 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6255 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6256 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6257 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6258 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6259 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6260 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6261 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6262 without further confirmation.
6263
6264 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6265
6266 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6267 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6268 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6269
6270 \(fn)" t nil)
6271
6272 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6273 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6274 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6275 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6276 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6277 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6278 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6279 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6280
6281 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6282
6283 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6284 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6285 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6286
6287 \(fn)" nil nil)
6288
6289 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6290
6291 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6292 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6293 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6294 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6295 directory DIRNAME.
6296
6297 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6298
6299 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6300 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6301
6302 \(fn)" t nil)
6303
6304 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6305 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6306
6307 \(fn)" t nil)
6308
6309 ;;;***
6310 \f
6311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22150 28227
6312 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
6313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6314
6315 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6316 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6317 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6318 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6319 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6320 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6321
6322 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6323
6324 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6325 Repair a broken attribution line.
6326 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6327
6328 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6329
6330 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6331 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6332 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6333 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6334
6335 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6336
6337 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6338 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6339
6340 \(fn)" t nil)
6341
6342 ;;;***
6343 \f
6344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22192
6345 ;;;;;; 2880 939382 391000))
6346 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6347
6348 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6349 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6350 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6351 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6352 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6353
6354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355
6356 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6357 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6358 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6359 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6360
6361 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6362 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6363 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6364 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6365
6366 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6367 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6368
6369 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6370 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6371 calendar-date-style \\='european
6372 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6373
6374 \(diary-mail-entries)
6375
6376 # diary-rem.el ends here
6377
6378 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6379
6380 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6381 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6382
6383 \(fn)" t nil)
6384
6385 ;;;***
6386 \f
6387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22308 37947 246422 527000))
6388 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6389
6390 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6391 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6392
6393 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6394
6395 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6396 The command to use to run diff.")
6397
6398 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6399
6400 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6401 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6402 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6403 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6404 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6405 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6406
6407 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6408 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6409 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6410
6411 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6412
6413 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6414 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6415 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6416 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6417 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6418 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6419
6420 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6421
6422 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6423 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6424
6425 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6426
6427 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6428 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6429 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6430
6431 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6432
6433 ;;;***
6434 \f
6435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22150 28229
6436 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
6437 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6438
6439 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6440 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6441 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6442 normal diffs.
6443
6444 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6445 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6446 headers for you on-the-fly.
6447
6448 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6449 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6450 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6451
6452 \\{diff-mode-map}
6453
6454 \(fn)" t nil)
6455
6456 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6457 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6459 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6460 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6461
6462 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6463
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6465
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6470
6471 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6472 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6473 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6474
6475 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6476
6477 ;;;***
6478 \f
6479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22301 64996 17087 484000))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6481
6482 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6483 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6484 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6485 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6486 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6487 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6488 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6489 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6490
6491 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6492
6493 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6494 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6495 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6496 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6497 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6498 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6499
6500 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6501 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6502 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6503 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6504
6505 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6506 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6507
6508 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6509 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6510 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6511 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6512 listing have no effect.
6513
6514 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6515 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6516 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6517
6518 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6519
6520 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6521 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6522
6523 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6524 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6525
6526 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6527 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6528
6529 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6530 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6531
6532 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6533
6534 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6535 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6536
6537 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6540 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6541 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6542 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6543 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6544 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6545 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6546 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6547 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6548 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6549 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6550 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6551 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6552 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6553 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6554 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6555 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6556 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6557 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6558 to see why something went wrong.
6559 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6560 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6561 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6562 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6563 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6564 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6565 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6566 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6567 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6568 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6569 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6570 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6571 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6572
6573 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6574 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6575 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6576 again for the directory tree.
6577
6578 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6579 for more info):
6580
6581 `dired-listing-switches'
6582 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6583 `dired-marker-char'
6584 `dired-del-marker'
6585 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6586 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6587 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6588 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6589
6590 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6591
6592 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6593 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6594 `dired-mode-hook'
6595 `dired-load-hook'
6596
6597 Keybindings:
6598 \\{dired-mode-map}
6599
6600 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6601 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6602
6603 ;;;***
6604 \f
6605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22150 28227 310072
6606 ;;;;;; 702000))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6608
6609 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6610 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6611 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6612 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6613 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6614
6615 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6616 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6617 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6618
6619 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6620 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6621 directory.
6622
6623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6624
6625 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6626 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6627 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6628 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6629 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6630 from `default-directory'.
6631
6632 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6633
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22270 22707
6637 ;;;;;; 603851 575000))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6639
6640 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6641 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6642 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6643 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6644 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6645 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6646
6647 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6648
6649 ;;;***
6650 \f
6651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22150 28227 310072
6652 ;;;;;; 702000))
6653 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6654
6655 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6656 Return a new, empty display table.
6657
6658 \(fn)" nil nil)
6659
6660 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6661 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6662 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6663 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6664 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6665
6666 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6667
6668 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6669 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6670 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6671 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6672 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6673
6674 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6675
6676 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6677 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6678
6679 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6680
6681 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6682 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6683
6684 \(fn)" t nil)
6685
6686 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6687 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6688
6689 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6690 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6691
6692 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6693 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6694 byte.
6695
6696 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6697 in the default way after this call.
6698
6699 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6700
6701 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6702 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6703
6704 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6705
6706 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6707 Display character C using printable string S.
6708
6709 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6710
6711 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6712 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6713 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6714 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6715
6716 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6717
6718 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6719 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6720 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6721 X frame.
6722
6723 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6724
6725 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6726 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6727
6728 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6729
6730 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6731 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6732
6733 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6734
6735 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6736 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6737
6738 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6739
6740 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6741 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6742
6743 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6744
6745 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6746 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6747
6748 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6749
6750 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6751 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6752
6753 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6754 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6755
6756 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6757 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6758
6759 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6760 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6761 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6762 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6763
6764 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6765 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6766 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6767 in `.emacs'.
6768
6769 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6770
6771 ;;;***
6772 \f
6773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22150 28228
6774 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6776
6777 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6778 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6779 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6780 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6781 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6782 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6783 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6784 Default is 2.
6785
6786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6787
6788 ;;;***
6789 \f
6790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22150 28227 314072 702000))
6791 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6792
6793 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6794 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6795 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6796 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6797 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6798 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6799 private or ask).
6800 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6801 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6802 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6803 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6804 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6805
6806 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6807
6808 ;;;***
6809 \f
6810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22150 28229
6811 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
6812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6813
6814 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6815 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6816 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6817 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6818 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6819 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6820 table and its own syntax table.
6821
6822 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6823
6824 \(fn)" t nil)
6825 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6826
6827 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6828 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6829
6830 \(fn)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22253 13631 322961
6835 ;;;;;; 36000))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6837
6838 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6839 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6840 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6841 OpenDocument format).
6842
6843 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6844
6845 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6846 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6847
6848 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6849 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6850
6851 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6852 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6853 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6854
6855 \(fn)" t nil)
6856
6857 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6858 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6859 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6860 to the next best mode.
6861
6862 \(fn)" nil nil)
6863
6864 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6865 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6867 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6868 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6869
6870 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6871
6872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6873
6874 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6875
6876
6877 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6878
6879 ;;;***
6880 \f
6881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22150 28228 678072
6882 ;;;;;; 702000))
6883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6884
6885 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6886 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6887
6888 \(fn)" t nil)
6889
6890 ;;;***
6891 \f
6892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
6893 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6894
6895 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6896 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6900
6901 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6902 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6903
6904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6905
6906 ;;;***
6907 \f
6908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22160 10656 10679
6909 ;;;;;; 927000))
6910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6911 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6912
6913 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6914 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6915
6916 \(fn)" t nil)
6917
6918 ;;;***
6919 \f
6920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22211
6921 ;;;;;; 4933 581358 144000))
6922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6923
6924 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6925
6926 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6927 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6928 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6929 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6930 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6931
6932 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6933 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6934 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6935 and disables it otherwise.
6936
6937 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6938 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6939 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6940 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6941
6942 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6943 documenting what its argument does.
6944
6945 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6946 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6947 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6948 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6949 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6950 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6951 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6952 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6953
6954 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6955 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6956 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6957 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6958 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6959 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6960 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6961 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6962 the minor mode is global):
6963
6964 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6965 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6966 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6967 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6968 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6969 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6970 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6971 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6972 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6973 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6974 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6975 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6976 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6977 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6978 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6979 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6980 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6981 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6982 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6983 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6984 in :variable).
6985
6986 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6987 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6988
6989 For example, you could write
6990 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6991 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6992 ...BODY CODE...)
6993
6994 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6995
6996 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6997
6998 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6999
7000 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7001
7002 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7003 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7004 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7005 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7006 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7007 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7008 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7009 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7010 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7011 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7012 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7013 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7014
7015 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7016 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7017 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7018 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7019 call another major mode in their body.
7020
7021 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7022 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7023 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7024
7025 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7026
7027 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7028
7029 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7030 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7031 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7032 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7033 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7034 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7035 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7036
7037 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7038
7039 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7040 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7041 :inherit Parent keymap.
7042 :group Ignored.
7043 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7044 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7045
7046 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7047
7048 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7049 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7050 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7051 the constant's documentation.
7052
7053 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7054
7055 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7056 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7057 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7058
7059 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7060
7061 ;;;***
7062 \f
7063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22150
7064 ;;;;;; 28227 398072 702000))
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7066
7067 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7068 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7069 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7070 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7071
7072 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7073 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7074 as a top-level menu bar item.
7075
7076 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7077 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7078 pairs:
7079
7080 :filter FUNCTION
7081 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7082 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7083 items to actually display.
7084
7085 :visible INCLUDE
7086 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7087 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7088 alias for `:visible'.
7089
7090 :active ENABLE
7091 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7092 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7093 an alias for `:active'.
7094
7095 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7096 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7097
7098 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7099
7100 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7101
7102 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7103 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7104
7105 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7106 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7107
7108 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7109
7110 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7111
7112 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7113 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7114
7115 :keys KEYS
7116 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7117 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7118 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7119 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7120
7121 :key-sequence KEYS
7122 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7123 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7124 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7125 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7126
7127 :active ENABLE
7128 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7129 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7130 alias for `:active'.
7131
7132 :visible INCLUDE
7133 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7134 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7135 `:visible'.
7136
7137 :label FORM
7138 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7139 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7140
7141 :suffix FORM
7142 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7143 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7144
7145 :style STYLE
7146 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7147 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7148 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7149
7150 :selected SELECTED
7151 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7152 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7153
7154 :help HELP
7155 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7156
7157 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7158 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7159 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7160
7161 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7162 MENU. This is a submenu.
7163
7164 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7165
7166 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7167
7168 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7169
7170
7171 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7172
7173 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7174 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7175 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7176 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7177
7178 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7181 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7182 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7183 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7184 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7185 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7186
7187 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7188 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7189 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7190
7191 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7192 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7193 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7194
7195 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7196 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7197
7198 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7199
7200 ;;;***
7201 \f
7202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22150 28228
7203 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7205 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7206
7207 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7208 Customization for ebnf group.
7209
7210 \(fn)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7214
7215 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7216
7217 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7218 processed.
7219
7220 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7221
7222 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7226
7227 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7228 killed after process termination.
7229
7230 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7231
7232 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7236
7237 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7238 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7239 it to the printer.
7240
7241 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7242 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7243 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7244 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7245
7246 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7250 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7251
7252 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7256
7257 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7258
7259 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7260 processed.
7261
7262 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7263
7264 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7268
7269 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7270 killed after process termination.
7271
7272 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7273
7274 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7278 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7279 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7280
7281 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7282
7283 \(fn)" t nil)
7284
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7287 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7288
7289 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7290
7291 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7295
7296 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7297
7298 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7299 processed.
7300
7301 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7302
7303 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7304
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7307
7308 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7309 killed after EPS generation.
7310
7311 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7312
7313 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7314
7315 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7316 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7317
7318 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7319 The EPS file name has the following form:
7320
7321 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7322
7323 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7324 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7325
7326 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7327 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7328 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7329 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7330 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7331
7332 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7333 files.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7338 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7339
7340 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7341 The EPS file name has the following form:
7342
7343 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7344
7345 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7346 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7347
7348 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7349 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7350 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7351 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7352 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7353
7354 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7355 files.
7356
7357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7358
7359 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7360
7361 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7362 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7363
7364 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7365
7366 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7367 are processed.
7368
7369 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7370
7371 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7375
7376 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7377 killed after syntax checking.
7378
7379 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7380
7381 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7382
7383 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7384 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7385
7386 \(fn)" t nil)
7387
7388 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7389 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7390
7391 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7394 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7395
7396 \(fn)" nil nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7399 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7400
7401 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7402
7403 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7407
7408 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409
7410 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7413 Delete style NAME.
7414
7415 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7416
7417 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7418
7419 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7420 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7421
7422 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423
7424 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7425
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Set STYLE as the current style.
7428
7429 Returns the old style symbol.
7430
7431 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7432
7433 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7436 Reset current style.
7437
7438 Returns the old style symbol.
7439
7440 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7441
7442 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7445 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7446
7447 Returns the old style symbol.
7448
7449 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7450
7451 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7452
7453 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7456 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7457
7458 Returns the old style symbol.
7459
7460 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7461
7462 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7463
7464 \(fn)" t nil)
7465
7466 ;;;***
7467 \f
7468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22150 28228
7469 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7471
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7473 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7474 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7475 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7476 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7477 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7478
7479 Tree mode key bindings:
7480 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7481
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7485 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7486
7487 \(fn)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7490 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7491
7492 \(fn)" t nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7495 View declaration of member at point.
7496
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7500 Find declaration of member at point.
7501
7502 \(fn)" t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7505 View definition of member at point.
7506
7507 \(fn)" t nil)
7508
7509 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7510 Find definition of member at point.
7511
7512 \(fn)" t nil)
7513
7514 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7515 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7516
7517 \(fn)" t nil)
7518
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7520 View definition of member at point in other window.
7521
7522 \(fn)" t nil)
7523
7524 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7525 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7526
7527 \(fn)" t nil)
7528
7529 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7530 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7531
7532 \(fn)" t nil)
7533
7534 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7535 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7536
7537 \(fn)" t nil)
7538
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7540 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7541
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7543
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7545 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7546 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7547 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7548 completion.
7549
7550 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7551
7552 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7553 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7554 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7555 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7556
7557 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7558
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7560 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7561 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7562 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7563
7564 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7565
7566 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7567 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7568 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7569
7570 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7571
7572 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7573 Search for call sites of a member.
7574 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7575 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7576 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7577 looks like a function call to the member.
7578
7579 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7582 Move backward in the position stack.
7583 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7584
7585 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7586
7587 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7588 Move forward in the position stack.
7589 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7590
7591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7592
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7594 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7595
7596 \(fn)" t nil)
7597
7598 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7599 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7600
7601 \(fn)" t nil)
7602
7603 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7604 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7605 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7606 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7607
7608 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7609
7610 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7611 Display statistics for a class tree.
7612
7613 \(fn)" t nil)
7614
7615 ;;;***
7616 \f
7617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22150 28227 318072
7618 ;;;;;; 702000))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7620
7621 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7622 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7623 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7624 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7625 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7626 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7627 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7628
7629 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7630
7631 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7632 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7633 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7634 also has this effect.
7635 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7636 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7637 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7638 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7639 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7640 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7641 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7642 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7643 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7644 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7645
7646 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7647
7648 ;;;***
7649 \f
7650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22150 28227 318072
7651 ;;;;;; 702000))
7652 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7653
7654 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7655 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7656 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7657
7658 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7659
7660 ;;;***
7661 \f
7662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22150 28227
7663 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7665
7666 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7667
7668
7669 \(fn)" nil nil)
7670
7671 ;;;***
7672 \f
7673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7675 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7676
7677 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7678 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7679 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7682 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7683
7684 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7685
7686 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7687 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7689 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7690 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7691
7692 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7693 an EDE controlled project.
7694
7695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7696
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22189 64323
7700 ;;;;;; 92321 19000))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7702
7703 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7704 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7705 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7706 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7707 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7708
7709 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7710 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7711 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7712 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7713
7714 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7715
7716 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7717 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7718 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7719 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7720
7721 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7722
7723 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7724 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7725 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7726 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7727
7728 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7729
7730 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7731
7732 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7733 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7734 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7735 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7736 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7737
7738 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7739 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7740 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7741 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7742 instrumented for Edebug.
7743
7744 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7745 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7746 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7747 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7748 already is one.)
7749
7750 \(fn)" t nil)
7751
7752 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7753 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7754
7755 \(fn)" t nil)
7756
7757 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7758 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7759
7760 \(fn)" t nil)
7761
7762 ;;;***
7763 \f
7764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22150 28229 274072 702000))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7766 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7767
7768 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7769 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7770
7771 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7772
7773 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7775
7776 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7777
7778 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7779
7780 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7781
7782 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7783 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7784 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7785 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7786
7787 \(fn)" t nil)
7788
7789 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7791 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7792 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7793
7794 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7795
7796 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7798
7799 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7800
7801 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7805
7806 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7812 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7813 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7814
7815 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7816
7817 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7818
7819 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7821 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7822 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7823
7824 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7825
7826 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7829 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7830 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7831 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7832
7833 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7834
7835 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7839 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7840 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7841
7842 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7843
7844 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7847 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7848 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7849 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7850 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7851 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7852
7853 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7854
7855 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7856 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7857 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7858 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7859
7860 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7861
7862 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7865 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7866 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7867 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7868
7869 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7870
7871 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7872
7873 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7874
7875 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7876 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7877 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7878 follows:
7879 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7880 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7881
7882 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7885 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7886 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7887 follows:
7888 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7889 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7890
7891 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892
7893 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7894 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7895 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7896 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7897 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7898
7899 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7900
7901 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7902 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7903 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7904 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7905 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7906 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7907
7908 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7909
7910 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7911
7912 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7913 Merge two files without ancestor.
7914
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7916
7917 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7918 Merge two files with ancestor.
7919
7920 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7921
7922 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7923
7924 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7925 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7926
7927 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7928
7929 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7930 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7931
7932 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7935 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7936 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7937 buffer.
7938
7939 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7940
7941 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7942 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7943 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7944 buffer.
7945
7946 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7949 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7950 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7951 and don't ask the user.
7952 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7953 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7954
7955 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7956
7957 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7958 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7959 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7960 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7961 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7962 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7963 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7964 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7965
7966 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7967
7968 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7969
7970 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7971
7972 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7973 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7974 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7975 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7976 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7977
7978 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7979
7980 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7981
7982 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7983 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7984 When called interactively, displays the version.
7985
7986 \(fn)" t nil)
7987
7988 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7989 Display Ediff's manual.
7990 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7991
7992 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7993
7994 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7995
7996
7997 \(fn)" nil nil)
7998
7999 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8000
8001
8002 \(fn)" nil nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8005
8006
8007 \(fn)" nil nil)
8008
8009 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8010
8011
8012 \(fn)" nil nil)
8013
8014 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8015
8016
8017 \(fn)" nil nil)
8018
8019 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8020
8021
8022 \(fn)" nil nil)
8023
8024 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8025
8026
8027 \(fn)" nil nil)
8028
8029 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8030
8031
8032 \(fn)" nil nil)
8033
8034 ;;;***
8035 \f
8036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22150 28229
8037 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8039
8040 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8041
8042
8043 \(fn)" t nil)
8044
8045 ;;;***
8046 \f
8047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22189 64323
8048 ;;;;;; 332321 19000))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8050
8051 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8052 Display Ediff's registry.
8053
8054 \(fn)" t nil)
8055
8056 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22150 28229
8061 ;;;;;; 270072 702000))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8063
8064 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8065 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8066 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8067 which see.
8068
8069 \(fn)" t nil)
8070
8071 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8072 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8073 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8074 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8075
8076 \(fn)" t nil)
8077
8078 ;;;***
8079 \f
8080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22150 28227 318072
8081 ;;;;;; 702000))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8083 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8084
8085 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8086 Edit a keyboard macro.
8087 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8088 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8089 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8090 its command name.
8091 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8092
8093 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8096 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8097
8098 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8101 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8102
8103 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8106 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8107 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8108 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8109 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8110 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8111
8112 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8113 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8114 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8115 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8116
8117 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8120 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8121 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8122 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8123 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8124 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8125
8126 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8127
8128 ;;;***
8129 \f
8130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22204 31687 809113
8131 ;;;;;; 480000))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8133
8134 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8135 Set scroll margins.
8136 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8137 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8138
8139 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8142 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8143
8144 \(fn)" t nil)
8145
8146 ;;;***
8147 \f
8148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
8149 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8150
8151 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8152 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8153 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8154 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8155 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8156 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8157 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8158
8159 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8160 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8161
8162 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8163 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8164 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8165 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8166
8167 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8168 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8169 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8170
8171 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8172 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8173 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8174
8175 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8176
8177 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8178
8179
8180 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8181
8182 ;;;***
8183 \f
8184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22308 37947
8185 ;;;;;; 74422 527000))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8187 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8188
8189 ;;;***
8190 \f
8191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22150
8192 ;;;;;; 28612 762072 702000))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8194 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8195
8196 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8197 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8198 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8199 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8200 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8201 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8202 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8203
8204 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8205
8206 ;;;***
8207 \f
8208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22150 28227 322072
8209 ;;;;;; 702000))
8210 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8211
8212 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8213 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8214
8215 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8216 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8217 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8218
8219 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8220
8221 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8222 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8223 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8225 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8226 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8227
8228 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8229
8230 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8231 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8232 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8233 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8234 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8235
8236 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8237 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8238 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8239 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8240
8241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8242
8243 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8244 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8245
8246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8247
8248 ;;;***
8249 \f
8250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22150 28227 322072
8251 ;;;;;; 702000))
8252 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8253
8254 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8255 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8256
8257 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8258 an elided material again.
8259
8260 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8263
8264 ;;;***
8265 \f
8266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22150 28227
8267 ;;;;;; 422072 702000))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8269
8270 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8271 Lint the file FILE.
8272
8273 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8276 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8277 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8278
8279 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8282 Lint the current buffer.
8283 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8284
8285 \(fn)" t nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8288 Lint the function at point.
8289 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8290
8291 \(fn)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8294 Initialize elint.
8295 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8296 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8297
8298 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8299
8300 ;;;***
8301 \f
8302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22150 28227 422072
8303 ;;;;;; 702000))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8305
8306 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8307 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8308 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8309
8310 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8313 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8314 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8315 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8316
8317 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8320 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8321 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8322
8323 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8324
8325 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8328 Display current profiling results.
8329 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8330 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8331 displayed.
8332
8333 \(fn)" t nil)
8334
8335 ;;;***
8336 \f
8337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22150 28227 458072
8338 ;;;;;; 702000))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8340
8341 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8342 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8343 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8344 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8345 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8346 ARG is omitted or nil.
8347
8348 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8349 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8350 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8351 used instead.
8352
8353 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8354
8355 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8356 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8357 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8358
8359 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8360
8361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8362
8363 ;;;***
8364 \f
8365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22150 28228
8366 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8368
8369 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8370 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8371 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8372
8373 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8374
8375 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8376
8377 ;;;***
8378 \f
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22086 11930 378062
8380 ;;;;;; 731000))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8382
8383 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8384 Run Emerge on two files.
8385
8386 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8389 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8390
8391 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8392
8393 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8394 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8395
8396 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8399 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8400
8401 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402
8403 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8404
8405
8406 \(fn)" nil nil)
8407
8408 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8409
8410
8411 \(fn)" nil nil)
8412
8413 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8414
8415
8416 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8417
8418 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8419
8420
8421 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8422
8423 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8424 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8425
8426 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8427
8428 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8429 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8430
8431 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8434
8435
8436 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8437
8438 ;;;***
8439 \f
8440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22150 28229
8441 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
8442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8443
8444 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8445 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8446 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8447 text/enriched format.
8448
8449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8450 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8451 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8452
8453 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8454
8455 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8456 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8457
8458 Commands:
8459
8460 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8461
8462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8463
8464 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8465
8466
8467 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8468
8469 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8470
8471
8472 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8473
8474 ;;;***
8475 \f
8476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22150 28227 482072 702000))
8477 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8478
8479 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8480 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8481
8482 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8483
8484 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8485 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8486
8487 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8490 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8491 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8492 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8493 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8494 the keys are listed.
8495 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8496
8497 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8498
8499 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8500 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8501 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8502
8503 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8506 Verify FILE.
8507
8508 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8511 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8512
8513 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8516 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8517
8518 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8519
8520 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8521 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8522
8523 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8524 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8525 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8526 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8527
8528 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8529 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8530 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8531 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8532 should consider using the string based counterpart
8533 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8534 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8535
8536 For example:
8537
8538 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8539 (decode-coding-string
8540 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8541 \\='utf-8))
8542
8543 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8546 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8547
8548 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8549 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8550
8551 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8552
8553 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8556 Verify the current region between START and END.
8557
8558 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8559 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8560 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8561 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8562 should consider using the string based counterpart
8563 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8564 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8565
8566 For example:
8567
8568 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8569 (decode-coding-string
8570 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8571 \\='utf-8))
8572
8573 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8574
8575 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8576
8577 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8578 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8579 between START and END.
8580
8581 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8582 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8583
8584 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8585
8586 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8587
8588 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8589 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8590
8591 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8592 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8593 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8594 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8595 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8596 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8597
8598 For example:
8599
8600 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8601 (epg-sign-string
8602 context
8603 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8604
8605 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8606
8607 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8608
8609 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8610 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8611
8612 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8613 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8614 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8615 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8616 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8617 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8618
8619 For example:
8620
8621 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8622 (epg-encrypt-string
8623 context
8624 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8625 nil))
8626
8627 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8628
8629 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8630
8631 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8632 Delete selected KEYS.
8633
8634 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8637 Import keys from FILE.
8638
8639 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8640
8641 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8642 Import keys from the region.
8643
8644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8645
8646 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8647 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8648 between START and END.
8649
8650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8651
8652 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8653 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8654
8655 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8656
8657 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8658 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8659
8660 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8661
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22150 28227 478072
8665 ;;;;;; 702000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8669 Decrypt marked files.
8670
8671 \(fn)" t nil)
8672
8673 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8674 Verify marked files.
8675
8676 \(fn)" t nil)
8677
8678 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8679 Sign marked files.
8680
8681 \(fn)" t nil)
8682
8683 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8684 Encrypt marked files.
8685
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22150 28227 482072
8691 ;;;;;; 702000))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8693
8694 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8695
8696
8697 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8698
8699 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8700
8701
8702 \(fn)" t nil)
8703
8704 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8705
8706
8707 \(fn)" t nil)
8708
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22150 28227 482072
8712 ;;;;;; 702000))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8714
8715 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8716 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8717 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8718 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8719 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8720
8721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8724 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8725 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8726
8727 \(fn)" t nil)
8728
8729 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8730
8731 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8732 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8733 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8734
8735 \(fn)" t nil)
8736
8737 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8738
8739 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8740 Sign the current buffer.
8741 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8742
8743 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8744
8745 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8746
8747 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8748 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8749 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8750 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8751 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8752 and also whether and how to sign.
8753
8754 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8755 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8756 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8757
8758 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8759
8760 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8761
8762 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8763 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8764 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8765
8766 \(fn)" t nil)
8767
8768 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8769
8770 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8771 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8772 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8773 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8774 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8775 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8776
8777 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8778
8779 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8780 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8781 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8782 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8783 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8784
8785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22217 43732 468164 355000))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8791 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8792
8793 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8794 Return a context object.
8795
8796 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8797
8798 ;;;***
8799 \f
8800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22217 43732 444164
8801 ;;;;;; 355000))
8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8803
8804 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8805 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8806 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8807 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8808
8809 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8810 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8811 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8812 entry until the version requirement is met.
8813
8814 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8817 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8818
8819 \(fn)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8822
8823 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8824 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8825
8826 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8827
8828 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8829 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8830
8831 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8832
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22197 58438 151460 447000))
8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8837 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8838
8839 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8840 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8841
8842 \(fn)" nil nil)
8843
8844 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8845 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8846 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8847
8848 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8849
8850 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8851 (server (erc-compute-server))
8852 (port (erc-compute-port))
8853 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8854 password
8855 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8856
8857 That is, if called with
8858
8859 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8860
8861 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8862 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8863 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8864
8865 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8866
8867 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8868
8869 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8870 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8871 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8872
8873 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8874
8875 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8876 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8877 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8878 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8879
8880 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8881
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22150
8885 ;;;;;; 28227 506072 702000))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8887 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8888
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22195 16710
8892 ;;;;;; 391344 967000))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8894 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8895
8896 ;;;***
8897 \f
8898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22150 28227
8899 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8901 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8902
8903 ;;;***
8904 \f
8905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22150 28227
8906 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8908 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8909
8910 ;;;***
8911 \f
8912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22150 28227 510072
8913 ;;;;;; 702000))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8915 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8916
8917 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8918 Parser for /dcc command.
8919 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8920 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8921 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8922
8923 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8924
8925 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8926 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8927
8928 \(fn)" nil nil)
8929
8930 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8931 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8932
8933 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8934 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8935 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8936 that subcommand.
8937
8938 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8939
8940 ;;;***
8941 \f
8942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8943 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 510072 702000))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8945 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8946
8947 ;;;***
8948 \f
8949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22150
8950 ;;;;;; 28227 510072 702000))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8952
8953 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8954 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8955
8956 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8959 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8960 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8961 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8962
8963 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8964
8965 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8966
8967
8968 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8969
8970 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8971 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8972
8973 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8974
8975 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8976 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8977
8978 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8979
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8981 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8982
8983 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8984
8985 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8987
8988 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8991 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8992
8993 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8994
8995 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8996 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8997
8998 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8999
9000 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9001 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9002
9003 \(fn)" nil nil)
9004
9005 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9006 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9007
9008 \(fn)" nil nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22150 28227 510072
9013 ;;;;;; 702000))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9016
9017 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9018 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9019 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9020
9021 \(fn)" nil nil)
9022
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22150 28227
9026 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9029
9030 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9031 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9032 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9033 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9034 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9035 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9036 system.
9037
9038 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9039
9040 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9041
9042
9043 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9044
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22150 28227
9048 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9050
9051 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9052
9053
9054 \(fn)" nil nil)
9055
9056 ;;;***
9057 \f
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22150 28227 514072
9059 ;;;;;; 702000))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9062
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22150 28227 514072
9066 ;;;;;; 702000))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9068 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9069
9070 ;;;***
9071 \f
9072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22150 28227 514072
9073 ;;;;;; 702000))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9075 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9076
9077 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9078 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9079 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9080 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9081 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9082 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9083
9084 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9085
9086 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9087 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9088 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9089 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9090
9091 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9092 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9093 automatically.
9094
9095 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9096 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9097
9098 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9099
9100 ;;;***
9101 \f
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22150 28227
9103 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9106
9107 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9108 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9109
9110 \(fn)" t nil)
9111
9112 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9113 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9114
9115 \(fn)" t nil)
9116
9117 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9118 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9119
9120 \(fn)" t nil)
9121
9122 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9123 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9124
9125 \(fn)" t nil)
9126
9127 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9128 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9129
9130 \(fn)" t nil)
9131
9132 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9133 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9134
9135 \(fn)" t nil)
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9138 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9139
9140 \(fn)" t nil)
9141
9142 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9143 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9144
9145 \(fn)" t nil)
9146
9147 ;;;***
9148 \f
9149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22150 28227 514072
9150 ;;;;;; 702000))
9151 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9152 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9153
9154 ;;;***
9155 \f
9156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22150
9157 ;;;;;; 28227 514072 702000))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9160
9161 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9162 Show who's gone.
9163
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165
9166 ;;;***
9167 \f
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22189
9169 ;;;;;; 64323 128321 19000))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9171
9172 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9173 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9174 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9175 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9176
9177 \(fn)" nil nil)
9178
9179 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9180 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9181
9182 \(fn)" t nil)
9183
9184 ;;;***
9185 \f
9186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22150 28227
9187 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9189 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9190
9191 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9192 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9193 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9194 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9195
9196 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9197
9198 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9199
9200
9201 \(fn)" nil nil)
9202
9203 ;;;***
9204 \f
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22150 28227 518072
9206 ;;;;;; 702000))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9209
9210 ;;;***
9211 \f
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22195
9213 ;;;;;; 16710 595344 967000))
9214 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9215 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22150 28227
9220 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9223
9224 ;;;***
9225 \f
9226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22150 28227 518072
9227 ;;;;;; 702000))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9229 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9230
9231 ;;;***
9232 \f
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22150
9234 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9237
9238 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9239 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9240
9241 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9242
9243 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9244 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9245 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9246
9247 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22150 28227
9252 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22150
9259 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9261
9262 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9263 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9264 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9265
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22150
9271 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9274
9275 ;;;***
9276 \f
9277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22150 28227
9278 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9280 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9281
9282 ;;;***
9283 \f
9284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22195 16710
9285 ;;;;;; 599344 967000))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9287
9288 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9289 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9290 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9291
9292 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9293
9294 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9295 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9299
9300 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9301 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9302 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9303 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9304
9305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9306 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9307
9308 ;;;***
9309 \f
9310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22150
9311 ;;;;;; 28227 522072 702000))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9313 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9314
9315 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9316 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9317 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9318 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9319
9320 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9321
9322 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9323 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9324 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9325
9326 \(fn)" t nil)
9327
9328 ;;;***
9329 \f
9330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22150 28227 522072
9331 ;;;;;; 702000))
9332 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9333 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9334
9335 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9336 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9337
9338 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22182 4679 395463
9343 ;;;;;; 499000))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9345
9346 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9347 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9348
9349 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9350 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9351
9352 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9353 useful for assertions in BODY.
9354
9355 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9356
9357 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9358 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9359 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9360
9361 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9362
9363 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9364
9365 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9366
9367 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9368
9369 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9370
9371 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9372 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9373
9374 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9375 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9376 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9377 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9378
9379 Returns the stats object.
9380
9381 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9382
9383 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9384 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9385
9386 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9387 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9388 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9389 the tests).
9390
9391 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9392
9393 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9394 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9395
9396 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9397 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9398 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9399 and how to display message.
9400
9401 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9402
9403 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9404
9405 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9406 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9407
9408 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9409
9410 ;;;***
9411 \f
9412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22150 28227
9413 ;;;;;; 426072 702000))
9414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9415
9416 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9417
9418 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9419 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9420
9421 \(fn)" t nil)
9422
9423 ;;;***
9424 \f
9425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22150 28227
9426 ;;;;;; 542072 702000))
9427 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9428
9429 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9430 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9431
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9433
9434 ;;;***
9435 \f
9436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22150 28227 542072
9437 ;;;;;; 702000))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9439 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9440
9441 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9442 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9443 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9444 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9445 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9446 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9447 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9448 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9449 buffer selected (or created).
9450
9451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9452
9453 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9454 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9455 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9456
9457 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9458
9459 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9460 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9461 The result might be any Lisp object.
9462 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9463 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9464 corresponding to a successful execution.
9465
9466 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9467
9468 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9469
9470 ;;;***
9471 \f
9472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22182 44805 327853
9473 ;;;;;; 279000))
9474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9475
9476 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9477 File name of tags table.
9478 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9479 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9480 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9481 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9482 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9483
9484 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9485 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9486 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9487 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9488
9489 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9490
9491 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9492 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9493 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9494 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9495 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9496 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9497
9498 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9499
9500 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9501 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9502 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9503
9504 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9505
9506 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9507 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9508 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9509 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9510 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9511
9512 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9513
9514 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9515 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9516 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9517 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9518
9519 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9520
9521 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9522 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9523 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9524 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9525 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9526
9527 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9528
9529 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9530 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9531
9532 \(fn)" t nil)
9533
9534 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9535 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9536 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9537 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9538
9539 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9540 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9541 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9542 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9543 file the tag was in.
9544
9545 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9546
9547 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9548 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9549 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9550 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9551 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9552 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9553 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9554 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9555 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9556
9557 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9558
9559 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9560 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9561 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9562 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9563 without directory names.
9564
9565 \(fn)" nil nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9568
9569
9570 \(fn)" nil nil)
9571 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9572 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9573 (progn
9574 (load "etags")
9575 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9576
9577 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9578 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9579 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9580 but does not select the buffer.
9581 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9582
9583 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9584 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9585 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9586 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9587 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9588
9589 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590
9591 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9592 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9593 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594
9595 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596
9597 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9598
9599 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9600 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9601 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9602 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9603
9604 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9605 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9606 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9607 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9608 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9609
9610 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9611
9612 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9613 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9614 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9615
9616 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9617
9618 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9619
9620 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9621
9622 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9623 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9624 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9625 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9626 around or before point.
9627
9628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9631 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9632 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9633
9634 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9635
9636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9637 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639
9640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641
9642 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9643
9644 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9645
9646 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9647 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9648 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9649 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9650 around or before point.
9651
9652 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9653 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9654 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9655 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9656 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657
9658 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659
9660 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9661 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9662 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663
9664 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665
9666 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9667
9668 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9669
9670 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9671 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9672 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9673
9674 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9675 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9676 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9677 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9678 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9679
9680 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9681
9682 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9683 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9684 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9685
9686 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9687
9688 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9689
9690 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9691
9692 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9693
9694 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9695 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9696
9697 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9698 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9699 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9700
9701 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9702 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9703
9704 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9705 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9706
9707 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9708
9709 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9710 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9711 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9712 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9713
9714 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9715 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9716 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9717 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9718 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9719
9720 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9721
9722 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9723 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9724 Stops when a match is found.
9725 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9726
9727 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9728 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9729 restricted to these files.
9730
9731 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9732
9733 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9734
9735 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9736 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9737 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9738 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9739 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9740 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9741 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9742 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9743
9744 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9745 produce the list of files to search.
9746
9747 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9748
9749 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9752 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9753 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9754 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9755 directory specification.
9756
9757 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9758
9759 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9760 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9761
9762 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9763
9764 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9765
9766 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9767 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9768 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9769 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9770
9771 \(fn)" t nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9774 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9775 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9776 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9777 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9778
9779 \(fn)" t nil)
9780
9781 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9782
9783
9784 \(fn)" nil nil)
9785
9786 ;;;***
9787 \f
9788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22150
9789 ;;;;;; 28228 166072 702000))
9790 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9791
9792 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9793
9794
9795 \(fn)" nil nil)
9796
9797 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9798 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9799
9800 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9801 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9802
9803 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9804 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9805 primary language.
9806
9807 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9808 even if the buffer is read-only.
9809
9810 See also the descriptions of the variables
9811 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9812
9813 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9816 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9817
9818 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9819 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9820
9821 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9822 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9823 primary language.
9824
9825 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9826 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9827
9828 See also the descriptions of the variables
9829 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9830
9831 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9832
9833 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9834 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9835 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9836 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9837
9838 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9841 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9842 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9843 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9844
9845 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9846 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9847 primary language.
9848
9849 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9850 buffer is read-only.
9851
9852 See also the descriptions of the variables
9853 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9854 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9855
9856 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9859 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9860
9861 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9862 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9863
9864 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9865 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9866 the primary language.
9867
9868 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9869 buffer is read-only.
9870
9871 See also the descriptions of the variables
9872 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9873 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9874
9875 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9876
9877 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9878 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9879 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9880
9881 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9884 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9885
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9887
9888 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9889 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9890
9891 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9892 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9893 be 1, 2, or 3.
9894
9895 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9896 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9897 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9898
9899 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9900
9901 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9902
9903 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9904 This function is deprecated.
9905
9906 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9907
9908 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9909 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9910
9911 \(fn)" t nil)
9912
9913 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9914 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9915
9916 \(fn)" t nil)
9917
9918 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9919 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9920
9921 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9922 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9923
9924 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9925 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9926
9927 \(fn)" nil nil)
9928
9929 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9930 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9931
9932 \(fn)" nil nil)
9933
9934 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9935 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9936
9937 \(fn)" nil nil)
9938
9939 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9940 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9941
9942 \(fn)" nil nil)
9943
9944 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9945 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9946 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9947
9948 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9949
9950 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9951
9952
9953 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9954
9955 ;;;***
9956 \f
9957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9959
9960 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9961 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9962 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9963 server for future sessions.
9964
9965 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9968 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9969 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9970
9971 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9972
9973 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9974 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9975 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9976
9977 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9978
9979 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9980 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9981 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9982 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9983 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9984 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9985 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9986 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9987 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9988 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9989 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9990 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9991
9992 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9993
9994 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9995 Display a form to query the directory server.
9996 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9997 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9998
9999 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10000
10001 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10002 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10003 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10004
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10006
10007 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10008
10009 ;;;***
10010 \f
10011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22150 28228 354072
10012 ;;;;;; 702000))
10013 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10014
10015 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10016 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10017
10018 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10019
10020 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10021 Display URL and make it clickable.
10022
10023 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10024
10025 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10026 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10027
10028 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10029
10030 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10031 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10032
10033 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10034
10035 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10036 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10037
10038 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10039
10040 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10041 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10042
10043 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10044
10045 ;;;***
10046 \f
10047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22150 28228
10048 ;;;;;; 354072 702000))
10049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10050
10051 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10052 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10053 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10054
10055 \(fn)" t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10058 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10059
10060 \(fn)" t nil)
10061
10062 ;;;***
10063 \f
10064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22150
10065 ;;;;;; 28228 354072 702000))
10066 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10067
10068 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10069 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10070
10071 \(fn)" t nil)
10072
10073 ;;;***
10074 \f
10075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22150 28227 430072
10076 ;;;;;; 702000))
10077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10078
10079 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10080 Create an empty ewoc.
10081
10082 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10083
10084 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10085 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10086 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10087 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10088 `insert-before-markers'.
10089
10090 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10091 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10092 respectively, of the ewoc.
10093
10094 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10095 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10096 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10097
10098 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10099
10100 ;;;***
10101 \f
10102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22229 34898 904051 395000))
10103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10104
10105 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10106 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10107 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10108 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10109 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10110
10111 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10112
10113 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10114 Fetch URL and render the page.
10115 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10116 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10117
10118 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10119 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10120
10121 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10122 Render FILE using EWW.
10123
10124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10125
10126 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10127 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10128 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10129
10130 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10131
10132 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10133 Mode for browsing the web.
10134
10135 \(fn)" t nil)
10136
10137 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10138
10139
10140 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10141
10142 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10143 Display the bookmarks.
10144
10145 \(fn)" t nil)
10146
10147 ;;;***
10148 \f
10149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22150
10150 ;;;;;; 28228 818072 702000))
10151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10152
10153 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10154 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10155 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10156
10157 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10158
10159 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10160 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10161 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10162 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10163 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10164
10165 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10166
10167 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10168 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10169 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10170 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10171 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10172 executable.
10173
10174 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10175
10176 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10177 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10178 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10179 file modes.
10180
10181 \(fn)" nil nil)
10182
10183 ;;;***
10184 \f
10185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22150 28227 542072 702000))
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10187
10188 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10189 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10190 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10191 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10192
10193 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10194
10195 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10196 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10197 to generate such functions.
10198
10199 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10200 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10201 beginning of the expanded text.
10202
10203 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10204 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10205 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10206 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10207
10208 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10209
10210 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10211
10212 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10213 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10214 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10215
10216 \(fn)" nil nil)
10217
10218 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10219 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10220 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10221
10222 \(fn)" t nil)
10223
10224 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10225 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10226 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10227
10228 \(fn)" t nil)
10229 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10230 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10231
10232 ;;;***
10233 \f
10234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22197 58438 431460
10235 ;;;;;; 447000))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10237
10238 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10239 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10240 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10241
10242 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10243 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10244 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10245
10246 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10247
10248 Key definitions:
10249 \\{f90-mode-map}
10250
10251 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10252
10253 `f90-do-indent'
10254 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10255 `f90-if-indent'
10256 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10257 `f90-type-indent'
10258 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10259 `f90-program-indent'
10260 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10261 (default 2).
10262 `f90-associate-indent'
10263 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10264 `f90-critical-indent'
10265 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10266 `f90-continuation-indent'
10267 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10268 `f90-comment-region'
10269 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10270 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10271 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10272 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10273 (default \"!\").
10274 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10275 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10276 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10277 `f90-break-delimiters'
10278 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10279 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10280 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10281 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10282 (default t).
10283 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10284 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10285 `f90-smart-end'
10286 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10287 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10288 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10289 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10290 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10291 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10292 `f90-leave-line-no'
10293 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10294
10295 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10296 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10297
10298 \(fn)" t nil)
10299
10300 ;;;***
10301 \f
10302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22283 34751 141333
10303 ;;;;;; 844000))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10305
10306 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10307 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10308 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10309 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10310
10311 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10312 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10313 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10314 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10315 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10316
10317 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10318 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10319 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10320 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10321 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10322 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10323 attributes.
10324
10325 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10326 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10327
10328 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10329
10330 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10331 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10332 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10333 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10334
10335 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10336
10337 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10338 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10339 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10340 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10341
10342 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10343 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10344 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10345
10346 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10347 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10348 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10349 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10350
10351 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10352
10353 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10354 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10355 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10356
10357 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10358 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10359 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10360 the same amount).
10361
10362 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10365 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10366 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10367
10368 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10369 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10370 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10371 will remove any scaling currently active.
10372
10373 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10374
10375 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10376 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10377 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10378
10379 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10380 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10381 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10382 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10383 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10384
10385 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10386 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10387
10388 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10389
10390 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10391 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10392
10393 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10394 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10395 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10396
10397 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10398 the face height as long as the input event read
10399 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10400
10401 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10402 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10403 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10404 will remove any scaling currently active.
10405
10406 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10407 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10408 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10409 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10410 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10411
10412 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10415 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10416 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10417 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10418 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10419 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10420
10421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10422
10423 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10424 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10425 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10426 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10427 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10428 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10429 `buffer-face-mode'.
10430
10431 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10432 local, and sets it to FACE.
10433
10434 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10435
10436 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10437 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10438 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10439 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10440 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10441 `face' text property.
10442
10443 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10444 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10445 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10446 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447
10448 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10449 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450
10451 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10454 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10455 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10456 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457
10458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10459
10460 ;;;***
10461 \f
10462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22092 27717
10463 ;;;;;; 880268 464000))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10465 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10466
10467 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10468 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10469 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10470 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10471
10472 \(fn)" nil nil)
10473
10474 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10475 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10476
10477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478
10479 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10480 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10481 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10482 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10483
10484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10485
10486 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10487 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10488 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10489 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10490 backup file names and the like).
10491
10492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10493
10494 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10495 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10496 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10497 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10498 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10499 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10500 internally by feedmail):
10501
10502 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10503 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10504 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10505 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10506
10507 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10508 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10509 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10510 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10511 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10512
10513 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10514
10515 ;;;***
10516 \f
10517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22279 37684 340180 436000))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10519
10520 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10521 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10522 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10523 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10524 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10525 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10526 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10527
10528 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10531 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10532 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10533 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10534 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10535 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10536 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10537
10538 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10539
10540 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10541
10542 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10543 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10544 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10545 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10546 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10547 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10548
10549 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10552 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10553 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10554 Return value:
10555 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10556 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10557 * otherwise, nil
10558
10559 \(fn E)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10562 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10563 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10564
10565 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10568 Try to get a file name at point.
10569 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10570
10571 \(fn)" nil nil)
10572
10573 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10574 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10575
10576 \(fn)" t nil)
10577
10578 ;;;***
10579 \f
10580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22150 28227 554072
10581 ;;;;;; 702000))
10582 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10583
10584 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10585 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10586 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10587 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10588
10589 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10590
10591 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10592 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10593 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10594 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10595 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10596 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10597
10598 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10599
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10601 Add FILE to the file cache.
10602
10603 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10606 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10607 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10608
10609 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10612 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10613 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10614
10615 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10618 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10619 This function does not use any external programs.
10620 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10621 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10622 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10623
10624 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10625
10626 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10627 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10628 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10629 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10630 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10631 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10632 \(directories) is done.
10633
10634 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10635
10636 ;;;***
10637 \f
10638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22230 55750 327718
10639 ;;;;;; 91000))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10641
10642 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10643 Handle file system monitoring event.
10644 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10645
10646 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10647
10648 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10649
10650 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10651
10652 ;;;***
10653 \f
10654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22189 64323 128321
10655 ;;;;;; 19000))
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10657
10658 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10659 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10660
10661 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10662 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10663 Local Variables list.
10664
10665 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10666 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10667 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10668
10669 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10670
10671 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10672 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10673
10674 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10675
10676 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10677 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10678
10679 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10680 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10681 the -*- line.
10682
10683 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10684 then this function adds it.
10685
10686 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10687
10688 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10689 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10690
10691 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10692
10693 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10694 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10695
10696 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10697
10698 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10699 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10700
10701 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10702
10703 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10704 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10705
10706 \(fn)" t nil)
10707
10708 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10709 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10710
10711 \(fn)" t nil)
10712
10713 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10714 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10715
10716 \(fn)" t nil)
10717
10718 ;;;***
10719 \f
10720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22150 28227 578072
10721 ;;;;;; 702000))
10722 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10723
10724 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10725 Filesets initialization.
10726 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10727
10728 \(fn)" nil nil)
10729
10730 ;;;***
10731 \f
10732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22150 28227 578072
10733 ;;;;;; 702000))
10734 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10735 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10736
10737 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10738 Initiate the building of a find command.
10739 For example:
10740
10741 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10742 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10743 (mtime \"+1\"))
10744 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10745
10746 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10747 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10748
10749 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10750
10751 ;;;***
10752 \f
10753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22150 28227 578072
10754 ;;;;;; 702000))
10755 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10756
10757 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10758 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10759 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10760
10761 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10762
10763 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10764 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10765
10766 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10767
10768 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10769 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10770 and run Dired on those files.
10771 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10772 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10773
10774 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10775
10776 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10777
10778 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10779
10780 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10781 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10782 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10783
10784 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10785 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10786
10787 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10788 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10789
10790 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10791
10792 ;;;***
10793 \f
10794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22150 28227 578072
10795 ;;;;;; 702000))
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10797
10798 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10799 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10800 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10801 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10802 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10803 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10804 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10805
10806 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10807
10808 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10809 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10810 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10811
10812 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10813
10814 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10815
10816 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10817
10818 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10819 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10820 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10821
10822 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10823 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10824
10825 Variables of interest include:
10826
10827 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10828 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10829 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10830
10831 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10832 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10833 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10834
10835 - `ff-ignore-include'
10836 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10837
10838 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10839 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10840
10841 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10842 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10843
10844 - `ff-special-constructs'
10845 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10846 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10847 extracting the filename from that construct.
10848
10849 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10850 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10851
10852 - `ff-search-directories'
10853 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10854 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10855
10856 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10857 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10858
10859 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10860 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10861
10862 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10863 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10864
10865 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10866 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10867
10868 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10869 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10870
10871 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10872
10873 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10874 Visit the file you click on.
10875
10876 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10877
10878 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10879 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10880
10881 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10882
10883 ;;;***
10884 \f
10885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22150
10886 ;;;;;; 28227 430072 702000))
10887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10890 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10891 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10892
10893 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10896 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10897 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10898 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10899
10900 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10901 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10902 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10903 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10904
10905 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10906
10907 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10908 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10909
10910 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10911 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10912 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10913 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10914
10915 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10916 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10917 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10918
10919 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10920 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10921 in `load-path'.
10922
10923 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10924
10925 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10926 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10927
10928 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10929 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10930 places point before the definition.
10931 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10932
10933 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10934 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10935 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10936
10937 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10940 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10941
10942 See `find-function' for more details.
10943
10944 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10945
10946 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10947 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10948
10949 See `find-function' for more details.
10950
10951 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10952
10953 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10954 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10955
10956 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10957 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10958 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10959
10960 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10961 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10962
10963 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10964
10965 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10966 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10967
10968 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10969 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10970 places point before the definition.
10971
10972 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10973
10974 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10975 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10976 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10977
10978 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10981 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10982
10983 See `find-variable' for more details.
10984
10985 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10986
10987 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10988 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10989
10990 See `find-variable' for more details.
10991
10992 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10995 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10996 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10997 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10998 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10999 buffer nor display it.
11000
11001 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11002 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11003
11004 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11005
11006 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11007 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11008
11009 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11010 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11011 places point before the definition.
11012
11013 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11014
11015 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11016 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11017 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11018
11019 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11020
11021 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11022 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11023 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11024
11025 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11026
11027 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11028 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11029 See `find-function-on-key'.
11030
11031 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11032
11033 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11034 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11035 See `find-function-on-key'.
11036
11037 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11038
11039 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11040 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11041
11042 \(fn)" t nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11045 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11046
11047 \(fn)" t nil)
11048
11049 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11050 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11051
11052 \(fn)" nil nil)
11053
11054 ;;;***
11055 \f
11056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22150 28227 578072
11057 ;;;;;; 702000))
11058 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11059
11060 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11061 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11062
11063 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11064
11065 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11066 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11067
11068 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11069
11070 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11071 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11072
11073 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11074
11075 ;;;***
11076 \f
11077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22150 28227 578072 702000))
11078 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11079 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11080
11081 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11082 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11083
11084 \(fn)" t nil)
11085
11086 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11087 Display FILE's commentary section.
11088 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11089
11090 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11091
11092 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11093 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11094
11095 \(fn)" t nil)
11096
11097 ;;;***
11098 \f
11099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22150 28227 578072
11100 ;;;;;; 702000))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11102
11103 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11104 Toggle flow control handling.
11105 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11106 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11107
11108 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11111 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11112 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11113 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11114 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11115 to get the effect of a C-q.
11116
11117 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11118
11119 ;;;***
11120 \f
11121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22150 28227
11122 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11124
11125 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11126
11127
11128 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11129
11130 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11131
11132
11133 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11134
11135 ;;;***
11136 \f
11137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22150 28228
11138 ;;;;;; 818072 702000))
11139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11140 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11141
11142 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11143 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11146 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11147 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11148
11149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11150
11151 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11152 Turn flymake mode on.
11153
11154 \(fn)" nil nil)
11155
11156 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11157 Turn flymake mode off.
11158
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11162
11163
11164 \(fn)" nil nil)
11165
11166 ;;;***
11167 \f
11168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22197 58438
11169 ;;;;;; 711460 447000))
11170 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11171
11172 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11173 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11174
11175 \(fn)" t nil)
11176 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11177
11178 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11179 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11180 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11181 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11182 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11183
11184 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11185 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11186 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11187
11188 Bindings:
11189 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11190 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11191 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11192 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11193
11194 Hooks:
11195 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11196
11197 Remark:
11198 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11199 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11200 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11201
11202 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11203 consider adding:
11204 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11205 in your init file.
11206
11207 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11208 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11209
11210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11211
11212 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11213 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11214
11215 \(fn)" nil nil)
11216
11217 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11218 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11219
11220 \(fn)" nil nil)
11221
11222 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11223 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11224
11225 \(fn)" nil nil)
11226
11227 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11228 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11229
11230 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11231
11232 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11233 Flyspell whole buffer.
11234
11235 \(fn)" t nil)
11236
11237 ;;;***
11238 \f
11239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22150 28227 582072
11240 ;;;;;; 702000))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11242 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11243
11244 ;;;***
11245 \f
11246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22308 37947 126422 527000))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11248
11249 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11250 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11251
11252 \(fn)" nil nil)
11253
11254 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11255 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11256
11257 \(fn)" nil nil)
11258
11259 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11260 Toggle Follow mode.
11261 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11262 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11263 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11264
11265 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11266 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11267
11268 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11269 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11270 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11271
11272 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11273 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11274 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11275 movement commands.
11276
11277 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11278 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11279 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11280 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11281 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11282 mileage may vary).
11283
11284 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11285 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11286
11287 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11288
11289 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11290
11291 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11292 \\{follow-mode-map}
11293
11294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11295
11296 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11297 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11298 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11299
11300 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11301 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11302
11303 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11304 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11305
11306 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11307
11308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11309
11310 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11311 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11312 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11313
11314 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11315 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11316
11317 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11318 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11319
11320 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11321
11322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11323
11324 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11325 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11326
11327 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11328 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11329
11330 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11331 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11332
11333 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11334
11335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11336
11337 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11338 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11339
11340 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11341 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11342
11343 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11344 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11345
11346 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11347
11348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11349
11350 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11351 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11352
11353 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11354 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11355 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11356 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11357 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11358 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11359
11360 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11361 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11362 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11363
11364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11365
11366 ;;;***
11367 \f
11368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22150 28228
11369 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
11370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11371 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11372
11373 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11374 Toggle Footnote mode.
11375 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11376 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11377 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11378
11379 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11380 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11381 play around with the following keys:
11382 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11383
11384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11385
11386 ;;;***
11387 \f
11388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22253 13631 334961 36000))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11390
11391 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11392 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11393
11394 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11395 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11396 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11397 C-c < forms-first-record <
11398 C-c > forms-last-record >
11399 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11400 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11401 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11402 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11403 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11404 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11405 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11406 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11407 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11408 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11409
11410 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11411
11412 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11413 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11414
11415 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11416
11417 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11418 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11419
11420 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11421
11422 ;;;***
11423 \f
11424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22153 4424
11425 ;;;;;; 620360 262000))
11426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11427
11428 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11429 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11430 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11431
11432 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11433 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11434
11435 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11436
11437 Key definitions:
11438 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11439
11440 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11441
11442 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11443 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11444 `fortran-do-indent'
11445 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11446 `fortran-if-indent'
11447 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11448 `fortran-structure-indent'
11449 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11450 (default 3)
11451 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11452 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11453 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11454 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11455 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11456 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11457 nil don't change the indentation
11458 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11459 value of either
11460 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11461 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11462 depending on the continuation format in use.
11463 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11464 indentation for a line of code.
11465 (default `fixed')
11466 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11467 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11468 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11469 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11470 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11471 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11472 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11473 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11474 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11475 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11476 column 5.
11477 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11478 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11479 statements (default nil).
11480 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11481 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11482 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11483 `fortran-continuation-string'
11484 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11485 line (default \"$\").
11486 `fortran-comment-region'
11487 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11488 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11489 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11490 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11491 as typed (default t).
11492 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11493 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11494
11495 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11496 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11497
11498 \(fn)" t nil)
11499
11500 ;;;***
11501 \f
11502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22150 28228 678072
11503 ;;;;;; 702000))
11504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11505
11506 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11507 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11508
11509 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11510 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11511
11512 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11513
11514 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11515 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11516
11517 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11518 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11519
11520 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11521
11522 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11523 Compile fortune file.
11524
11525 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11526 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11527
11528 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11529
11530 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11531 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11532
11533 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11534 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11535 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11536 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11537
11538 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11539
11540 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11541 Display a fortune cookie.
11542 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11543 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11544 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11545 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11546
11547 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11548
11549 ;;;***
11550 \f
11551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22182 4679 399463
11552 ;;;;;; 499000))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11554
11555 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11556 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11557 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11558
11559 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11560 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11561 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11562
11563 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11564 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11565
11566 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11567 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11568
11569 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11570 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11571 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11572 intend to modify existing values, do
11573
11574 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11575
11576 before changing anything.
11577
11578 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11579 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11580
11581 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11582 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11583 to restore the frame.
11584
11585 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11586 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11587 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11588
11589 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11590 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11591 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11592 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11593 FILTER A filter function.
11594
11595 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11596 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11597
11598 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11599
11600 where
11601
11602 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11603 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11604 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11605 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11606 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11607 before restoring it.
11608 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11609
11610 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11611 It must return:
11612 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11613 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11614 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11615
11616 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11617 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11618
11619 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11620 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11621 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11622 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11623 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11624 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11625 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11626
11627 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11628
11629 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11630 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11631
11632 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11633
11634 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11635 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11636 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11637 If nil, check all live frames.
11638
11639 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11640
11641 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11642 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11643 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11644 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11645 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11646 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11647 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11648 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11649 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11650 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11651 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11652
11653 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11654
11655 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11656 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11657
11658 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11659 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11660 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11661 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11662 and window-state is not restored.
11663
11664 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11665 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11666
11667 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11668 t All existing frames can be reused.
11669 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11670 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11671 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11672 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11673
11674 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11675 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11676 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11677 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11678 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11679 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11680 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11681 be created from that parameter alist.
11682
11683 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11684 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11685 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11686 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11687 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11688 - the live frame just restored,
11689 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11690 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11691 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11692
11693 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11694 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11695 nil Keep all frames.
11696 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11697 - FRAME, a live frame.
11698 - ACTION, which can be one of
11699 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11700 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11701 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11702 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11703 Return value is ignored.
11704
11705 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11706 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11707 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11708 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11709 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11710
11711 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11712
11713 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11714
11715 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11716 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11717 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11718
11719 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11720
11721 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11722 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11723 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11724
11725 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11726
11727 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11728 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11729 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11730 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11731
11732 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11733
11734 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11735
11736 ;;;***
11737 \f
11738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22182 4679 471463
11739 ;;;;;; 499000))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11741 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11742
11743 ;;;***
11744 \f
11745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22150 28228
11746 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11748
11749 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11750 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11751 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11752
11753 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11754
11755 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11756 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11757 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11758 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11759 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11760 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11761 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11762
11763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11764
11765 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11766 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11767 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11768 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11769
11770 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11771 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11772 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11773 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11774 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11775
11776 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11777 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11778 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11779 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11780
11781 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11782 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11783 shown in some of the buffers.
11784
11785 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11786
11787 The following commands help control operation :
11788
11789 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11790 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11791
11792 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11793 detailed description of this mode.
11794
11795
11796 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11797 | GDB Toolbar |
11798 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11799 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11800 | | |
11801 | | |
11802 | | |
11803 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11804 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11805 | | (comint-mode) |
11806 | | |
11807 | | |
11808 | | |
11809 | | |
11810 | | |
11811 | | |
11812 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11813 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11814 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11815 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11816 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11817 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11818
11819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11820
11821 ;;;***
11822 \f
11823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22150 28227
11824 ;;;;;; 430072 702000))
11825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11826
11827 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11828 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11829 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11830 instead (which see).")
11831
11832 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11833 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11834
11835 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11836 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11837 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11838 documentation string instead.
11839
11840 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11841 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11842 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11843 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11844 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11845 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11846 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11847 enders are actually possible.
11848
11849 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11850 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11851
11852 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11853 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11854 `font-lock-keywords'.
11855
11856 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11857 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11858 runs the macro expansion.
11859
11860 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11861 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11862 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11863
11864 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11865
11866 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11867
11868 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11869
11870 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11871
11872 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11873 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11874
11875 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11876
11877 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11878 Enter generic mode MODE.
11879
11880 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11881 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11882 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11883
11884 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11885 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11886
11887 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11888
11889 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11890 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11891 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11892 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11893 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11894 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11895 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11896 `font-lock-keywords'.
11897
11898 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11899
11900 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11901
11902 ;;;***
11903 \f
11904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22150 28228
11905 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11907
11908 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11909 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11911 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11912 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11913 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11914
11915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11916
11917 ;;;***
11918 \f
11919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22272 64438
11920 ;;;;;; 224671 103000))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11922
11923 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11924 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11925 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11926
11927 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11928
11929 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11930 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11931
11932 Guideline for numbers:
11933 1 - error messages
11934 3 - non-serious error messages
11935 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11936 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11937 9 - messages inside loops.
11938
11939 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11942 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11943 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11944
11945 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11948 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11949
11950 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11951
11952 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11953 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11954
11955 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11956 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11957 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11958 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11959 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11960 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11961
11962 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11963 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11964 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11965 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11966 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11967
11968 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11969
11970 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11971
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22165 43181 87854 955000))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11976 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11977 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11978 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11979
11980 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11981 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11982
11983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11984
11985 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11986 Read network news.
11987 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11988 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11989 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11990 name of an NNTP server to use.
11991 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11992 server.
11993
11994 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11997 Read news as a slave.
11998
11999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12002 Pop up a frame to read news.
12003 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12004 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12005 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12006 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12007 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12008 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12009 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12010 current display is used.
12011
12012 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12013
12014 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12015 Read network news.
12016 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12017 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12018 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12019
12020 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12021
12022 ;;;***
12023 \f
12024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22182 4679
12025 ;;;;;; 403463 499000))
12026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12027
12028 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12029 Start Gnus unplugged.
12030
12031 \(fn)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12034 Start Gnus plugged.
12035
12036 \(fn)" t nil)
12037
12038 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12039 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12040
12041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12042
12043 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12044 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12045
12046 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12047 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12048 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12049
12050 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12051 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12052 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12053
12054 \(fn)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12057 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12058
12059 \(fn)" nil nil)
12060
12061 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12062 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12063 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12064 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12065 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12066 supported.
12067
12068 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12069
12070 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12071 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12072 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12073 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12074 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12075 supported.
12076
12077 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12078
12079 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12080 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12081
12082 \(fn)" nil nil)
12083
12084 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12085 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12086 downloaded into the agent.
12087
12088 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12089
12090 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12091 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12092 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12093 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12094
12095 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12096
12097 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12098 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12099
12100 \(fn)" t nil)
12101
12102 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12103 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12104
12105 \(fn)" t nil)
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12108 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12109 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12110
12111 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12112
12113 ;;;***
12114 \f
12115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22284 55604
12116 ;;;;;; 142845 171000))
12117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12118
12119 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12120 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12121
12122 \(fn)" nil nil)
12123
12124 ;;;***
12125 \f
12126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22150
12127 ;;;;;; 28227 674072 702000))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12129
12130 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12131 Set a bookmark for this article.
12132
12133 \(fn)" t nil)
12134
12135 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12136 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12137
12138 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12139
12140 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12141 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12145
12146 \(fn)" t nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22150 28227
12151 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12153
12154 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12155 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12156
12157 Usage:
12158 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12159
12160 \(fn)" t nil)
12161
12162 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12163 Generate the cache active file.
12164
12165 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12166
12167 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12168 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12169
12170 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12171
12172 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12173 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12174 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12175 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12176 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12177 supported.
12178
12179 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12180
12181 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12182 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12183 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12184 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12185 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12186 supported.
12187
12188 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12189
12190 ;;;***
12191 \f
12192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22150 28227
12193 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
12194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12195
12196 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12197 Delay this article by some time.
12198 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12199
12200 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12201 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12202
12203 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12204 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12205
12206 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12207 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12208
12209 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12210
12211 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12212 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12213
12214 \(fn)" t nil)
12215
12216 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12217 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12218 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12219 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12220
12221 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12222 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12223
12224 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12225
12226 ;;;***
12227 \f
12228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22150 28227
12229 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12231
12232 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12233
12234
12235 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12236
12237 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12238
12239
12240 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12241
12242 ;;;***
12243 \f
12244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22150 28227
12245 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12247
12248 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12249 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12250
12251 \(fn)" t nil)
12252
12253 ;;;***
12254 \f
12255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22150 28227
12256 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12260 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12261
12262 \(fn)" t nil)
12263
12264 ;;;***
12265 \f
12266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22165 43181
12267 ;;;;;; 71854 955000))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12269
12270 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12271 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12272
12273 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12274
12275 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12276
12277 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12278 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12279
12280 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12281
12282 \(fn)" t nil)
12283
12284 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12285 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12286
12287 \(fn)" t nil)
12288
12289 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12290 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12291
12292 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12293 different input formats.
12294
12295 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12296
12297 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12298 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12299
12300 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12301 different input formats.
12302
12303 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12304
12305 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12306 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12307 The PNG is returned as a string.
12308
12309 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12312 Convert FILE to a Face.
12313 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12314 726 bytes.
12315
12316 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12317
12318 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12319 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12320
12321 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12322
12323 \(fn)" t nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12326 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12327
12328 \(fn)" nil nil)
12329
12330 ;;;***
12331 \f
12332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22192
12333 ;;;;;; 2880 975382 391000))
12334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12335
12336 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12337 Display gravatar in the From header.
12338 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12339
12340 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12343 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12344 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12345
12346 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12347
12348 ;;;***
12349 \f
12350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22150 28227
12351 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12353
12354 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12355 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12356 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12357 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12358
12359 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12360
12361 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12362 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12363
12364 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12365
12366 ;;;***
12367 \f
12368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22150 28227
12369 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12373
12374
12375 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12376
12377 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12378
12379
12380 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12381
12382 ;;;***
12383 \f
12384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22189 64323
12385 ;;;;;; 180321 19000))
12386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12387
12388 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12389
12390 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12391 Run batched scoring.
12392 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12393
12394 \(fn)" t nil)
12395
12396 ;;;***
12397 \f
12398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22150 28227 698072
12399 ;;;;;; 702000))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12401
12402 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12403
12404
12405 \(fn)" nil nil)
12406
12407 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12408 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12409 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12410
12411 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12412
12413 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12414 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12415
12416 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12417
12418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12419
12420 ;;;***
12421 \f
12422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22150 28227
12423 ;;;;;; 698072 702000))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12425
12426 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12427 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12428 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12429 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12430 group parameters.
12431
12432 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12433 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12434 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12435 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12436
12437 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12438 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12439 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12440 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12441 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12442 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12443 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12444 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12445 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12446 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12447
12448 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12449
12450 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12451 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12452 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12453 nil CATCH-ALL).
12454
12455 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12456 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12457
12458 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12459
12460 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12461 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12462 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12463
12464 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12465
12466 \(fn)" nil nil)
12467
12468 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12469 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12470 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12471
12472 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12473
12474 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12475 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12476 existing groups are considered.
12477
12478 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12479 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12480 returned.
12481
12482 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12483 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12484 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12485 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12486 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12487 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12488 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12489 clauses will be generated.
12490
12491 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12492 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12493 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12494 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12495 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12496 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12497
12498 For example, given the following group parameters:
12499
12500 nnml:mail.bar:
12501 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12502 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12503 nnml:mail.foo:
12504 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12505 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12506 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12507 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12508 nnml:mail.others:
12509 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12510
12511 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12512
12513 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12514 \"mail.bar\")
12515 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12516 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12517 \"mail.others\")
12518
12519 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12520
12521 ;;;***
12522 \f
12523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22150 28227
12524 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12526
12527 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12528 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12529 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12530 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12531 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12532 instead.
12533
12534 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12535
12536 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12537 Mail to ADDRESS.
12538
12539 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12540
12541 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12542 Like `message-reply'.
12543
12544 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12545
12546 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12547
12548 ;;;***
12549 \f
12550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12551 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 702072 702000))
12552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12553
12554 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12555 Send a notification on new message.
12556 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12557 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12558 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12559
12560 This is typically a function to add in
12561 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12562
12563 \(fn)" nil nil)
12564
12565 ;;;***
12566 \f
12567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22192 2880
12568 ;;;;;; 983382 391000))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12570
12571 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12572 Display picons in the From header.
12573 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12574
12575 \(fn)" t nil)
12576
12577 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12578 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12579 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12580
12581 \(fn)" t nil)
12582
12583 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12584 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12585 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12586
12587 \(fn)" t nil)
12588
12589 ;;;***
12590 \f
12591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22150 28227
12592 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12594
12595 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12596 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12597 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12598 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12599
12600 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12601
12602 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12603 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12604 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12605 LIST1 is modified.
12606
12607 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12608
12609 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12610 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12611 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12612
12613 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12614
12615 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12616
12617
12618 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12619
12620 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12621 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12622 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12623
12624 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12625
12626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12627 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12628 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12629
12630 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12631
12632 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12633
12634 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12635 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12636 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12637
12638 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12639
12640 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12641 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12642 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12643
12644 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12645
12646 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12647 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12648 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12649
12650 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12651
12652 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12653 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12654
12655 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12656
12657 ;;;***
12658 \f
12659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22150
12660 ;;;;;; 28227 702072 702000))
12661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12662
12663 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12664 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12665
12666 \(fn)" t nil)
12667
12668 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12669 Install the registry hooks.
12670
12671 \(fn)" t nil)
12672
12673 ;;;***
12674 \f
12675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22150 28227
12676 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12678
12679 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12680 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12681 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12682 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12683 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12684 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12685
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12687
12688 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12689 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12690 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12691 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12692 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12693
12694 \(fn)" t nil)
12695
12696 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12697
12698
12699 \(fn)" t nil)
12700
12701 ;;;***
12702 \f
12703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22150 28227
12704 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12706
12707 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12708 Update the format specification near point.
12709
12710 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12711
12712 ;;;***
12713 \f
12714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22197 58438
12715 ;;;;;; 235460 447000))
12716 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12717
12718 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12719 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12720
12721 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12722
12723 ;;;***
12724 \f
12725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22199 13769
12726 ;;;;;; 464900 836000))
12727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12728
12729 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12730 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12731 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12732
12733 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12734
12735 ;;;***
12736 \f
12737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22150 28227
12738 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12740
12741 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12742 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12743
12744 \(fn)" t nil)
12745
12746 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12747 Install the sync hooks.
12748
12749 \(fn)" t nil)
12750
12751 ;;;***
12752 \f
12753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22150 28227
12754 ;;;;;; 938072 702000))
12755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12756
12757 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12758 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12759
12760 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12761
12762 ;;;***
12763 \f
12764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22150 28228 358072
12765 ;;;;;; 702000))
12766 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12767
12768 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12769 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12770 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12771 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12772 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12773 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12774
12775 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12776
12777 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12778
12779 ;;;***
12780 \f
12781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22182 4679 471463
12782 ;;;;;; 499000))
12783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12784
12785 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12786 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12787
12788 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12789 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12790 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12791
12792 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12793 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12794 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12795
12796 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12797 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12798
12799 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12800 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12801
12802 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12803
12804 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12805
12806 ;;;***
12807 \f
12808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22150 28228
12809 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
12810 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12811
12812 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12813
12814 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12815 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12816 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12817 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12818 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12819
12820 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12821
12822 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12823 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12824 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12825 or to send e-mail.
12826 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12827 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12828
12829 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12830 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12831
12832 \(fn)" t nil)
12833 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12834
12835 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12836 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12837 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12838 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12839 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12840
12841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12842
12843 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12844 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12845
12846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12847
12848 ;;;***
12849 \f
12850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22150 28227
12851 ;;;;;; 942072 702000))
12852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12853
12854 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12855 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12856 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12857
12858 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12859
12860 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12861 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12862
12863 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12864
12865 ;;;***
12866 \f
12867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22296 46772 464104
12868 ;;;;;; 103000))
12869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12870
12871 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12872 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12873
12874 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12875
12876 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12877 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12878 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12879 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12880 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12881
12882 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12883 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12884 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12885
12886 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12887
12888 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12889 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12890 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12891 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12892 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12893
12894 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12895
12896 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12897 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12898
12899 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12900
12901 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12902 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12903
12904 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12905 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12906 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12907
12908 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12909 The default find program.
12910 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12911 and others.")
12912
12913 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12914 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12915 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12916 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12917
12918 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12919 How to invoke find and grep.
12920 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12921 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12922 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12923 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12924
12925 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12926
12927 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12928 History list for grep.")
12929
12930 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12931 History list for grep-find.")
12932
12933 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12934 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12935 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12936
12937 \(fn)" nil nil)
12938
12939 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12940
12941
12942 \(fn)" nil nil)
12943
12944 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12945 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12946
12947 \(fn)" nil nil)
12948
12949 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12950 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12951 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12952 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12953 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12954
12955 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12956 arguments.
12957
12958 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12959 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12960
12961 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12962 can easily repeat a grep command.
12963
12964 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12965 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12966 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12967 list is empty).
12968
12969 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12970
12971 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12972 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12973 Collect output in a buffer.
12974 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12975 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12976
12977 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12978 easily repeat a find command.
12979
12980 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12981
12982 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12983
12984 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12985 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12986 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12987 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12988 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12989
12990 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12991 before it is executed.
12992 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12993
12994 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12995 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12996 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12997
12998 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12999
13000 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13003 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13004 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13005 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13006 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13007
13008 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13009 before it is executed.
13010 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13011
13012 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13013 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13014 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13015 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13016
13017 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13018
13019 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13020 to specify a command to run.
13021
13022 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13023
13024 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13025 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13026 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13027 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13028
13029 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13030
13031 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13032
13033 ;;;***
13034 \f
13035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13037
13038 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13039 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13040 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13041 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13042 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13043
13044 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13045
13046 ;;;***
13047 \f
13048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22189 64323 288321
13049 ;;;;;; 19000))
13050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13051
13052 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13053 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13054 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13055 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13056
13057 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13058
13059 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13060 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13061 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13062 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13063
13064 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13065
13066 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13067 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13068 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13069 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13070
13071 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13072
13073 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13074 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13075 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13076 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13077
13078 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13079 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13080
13081 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13082
13083 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13084 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13085 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13086 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13087
13088 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13089
13090 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13091 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13092 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13093 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13094
13095 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13096
13097 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13098 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13099 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13100 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13101
13102 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13103
13104 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13105 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13106 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13107 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13108 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13109
13110 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13111 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13112 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13113 original source file access method.
13114
13115 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13116 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13117
13118 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13119
13120 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13121 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13122
13123 \(fn)" t nil)
13124
13125 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13126 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13127 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13130 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13131
13132 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13133
13134 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13135 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13137 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13138 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13139
13140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13141
13142 ;;;***
13143 \f
13144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22150 28227 434072
13145 ;;;;;; 702000))
13146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13147
13148 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13149 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13150 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13151 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13152 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13153 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13154 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13155 set it to.
13156 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13157
13158 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13159
13160 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13161 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13162 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13163 of PLACE.
13164 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13165 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13166 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13167 and SETTER.
13168 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13169 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13170
13171 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13172
13173 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13174
13175 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13176 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13177 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13178 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13179 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13180
13181 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13182
13183 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13184
13185 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13186
13187
13188 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13189
13190 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13191
13192 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13193
13194 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13195 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13196 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13197 well for simple place forms.
13198 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13199 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13200 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13201 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13202 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13203 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13204 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13205
13206 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13207
13208 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13209
13210 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13211 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13212 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13213 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13214 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13215
13216 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13217 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13218 (let ((temp VAL))
13219 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13220 temp)
13221 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13222
13223 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13224
13225 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13226 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13227 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13228 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13229 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13230 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13231
13232 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13233
13234 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13235
13236 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13237 Return a reference to PLACE.
13238 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13239 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13240 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13241 binding mode.
13242
13243 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13244
13245 ;;;***
13246 \f
13247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22150 28228
13248 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
13249 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13250
13251 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13252 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13253 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13254 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13255
13256 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13257 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13258 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13259 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13260
13261 \(fn)" t nil)
13262
13263 ;;;***
13264 \f
13265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22086 11930 130062
13266 ;;;;;; 731000))
13267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13268
13269 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13270 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13271
13272 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13273
13274 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13275 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13276 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13277 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13278
13279 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13280
13281 \(fn)" t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13284 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13285 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13286 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13287 to be updated.
13288
13289 \(fn)" t nil)
13290
13291 ;;;***
13292 \f
13293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22150 28228
13294 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
13295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13296
13297 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13298 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13299
13300 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13301
13302 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13303 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13304 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13305
13306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13309 Verify a hashcash payment
13310
13311 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13312
13313 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13314 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13315 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13316 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13317 `mail-add-payment-async').
13318
13319 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13320
13321 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13322 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13323 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13324 Calculation is asynchronous.
13325
13326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13327
13328 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13329 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13330 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13331
13332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13333
13334 ;;;***
13335 \f
13336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22150 28228 26072
13337 ;;;;;; 702000))
13338 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13339
13340 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13341 Return the help-echo string at point.
13342 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13343 property, or nil, is returned.
13344 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13345 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13346 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13347
13348 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13349
13350 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13351 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13352 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13353 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13354 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13355
13356 \(fn)" nil nil)
13357
13358 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13359 Display local help in the echo area.
13360 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13361 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13362 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13363 printed instead.
13364
13365 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13366 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13367 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13368
13369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13370
13371 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13372 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13373 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13374
13375 \(fn)" t nil)
13376
13377 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13378 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13379 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13380
13381 \(fn)" t nil)
13382
13383 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13384 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13385 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13386 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13387 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13388 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13389 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13390 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13391 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13392 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13393 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13394
13395 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13396 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13397 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13398 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13399 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13400
13401 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13402 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13403 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13404 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13405 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13406 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13407 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13408 The default is `never'.")
13409
13410 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13411
13412 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13413 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13414 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13415 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13416 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13417 considered different regions.
13418
13419 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13420 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13421 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13422 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13423 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13424 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13425 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13426 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13427 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13428
13429 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13430
13431 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13432 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13433 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13434 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13435 different regions.
13436
13437 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13438 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13439 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13440 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13441 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13442 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13443 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13444 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13445
13446 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13447 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13448 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13449 rarely happens in practice.
13450
13451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13452
13453 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13454 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13455 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13456 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13457 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13458 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13459
13460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13461
13462 ;;;***
13463 \f
13464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22211 4933 601358
13465 ;;;;;; 144000))
13466 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13467
13468 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13469 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13470
13471 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13472
13473 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13474 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13475 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13476
13477 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13478
13479 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13480 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13481 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13482 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13483 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13484 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13485 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13486
13487 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13488 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13489 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13490 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13491 suitable file is found, return nil.
13492
13493 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13494
13495 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13496
13497
13498 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13499
13500 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13501 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13502 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13503 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13504
13505 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13506
13507 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13508 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13509 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13510 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13511 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13512 it is displayed along with the global value.
13513
13514 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13515
13516 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13517 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13518 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13519 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13520 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13521 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13522
13523 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13524
13525 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13526 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13527 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13528 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13529
13530 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13531
13532 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13533 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13534 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13535 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13536 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13537
13538 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13539
13540 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13541 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13542
13543 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13544
13545 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13546 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13547
13548 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13549
13550 ;;;***
13551 \f
13552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22150 28228 26072
13553 ;;;;;; 702000))
13554 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13555
13556 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13557 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13558 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13559 window listing and describing the options.
13560 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13561 gives the window that lists the options.")
13562
13563 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13564
13565 ;;;***
13566 \f
13567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22220 19926 384329
13568 ;;;;;; 271000))
13569 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13570
13571 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13572 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13573 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13574 Commands:
13575 \\{help-mode-map}
13576
13577 \(fn)" t nil)
13578
13579 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13580 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13581
13582 \(fn)" nil nil)
13583
13584 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13585 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13586
13587 \(fn)" nil nil)
13588
13589 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13590 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13591
13592 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13593 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13594 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13595 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13596
13597 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13598 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13599 restore it properly when going back.
13600
13601 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13602
13603 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13604 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13605 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13606 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13607 from `help-mode'.
13608 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13609 it does not already exist.
13610
13611 \(fn)" nil nil)
13612
13613 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13614 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13615
13616 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13617 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13618 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13619 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13620 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13621 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13622 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13623 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13624
13625 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13626 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13627 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13628 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13629
13630 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13631 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13632 that.
13633
13634 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13635
13636 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13637 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13638 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13639 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13640 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13641 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13642
13643 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13644
13645 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13646 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13647 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13648 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13649 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13650
13651 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13652
13653 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13654 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13655
13656 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13657
13658 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13659
13660 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13661 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13662 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13663 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13664
13665 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13666
13667 ;;;***
13668 \f
13669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22150 28227
13670 ;;;;;; 434072 702000))
13671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13672
13673 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13674 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13675
13676 \(fn)" t nil)
13677
13678 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13679 Provide help for current mode.
13680
13681 \(fn)" t nil)
13682
13683 ;;;***
13684 \f
13685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13687
13688 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13689 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13690 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13691 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13692 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13693
13694 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13695 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13696
13697 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13698 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13699 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13700 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13701
13702 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13703 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13704 periods.
13705
13706 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13707 in hexl format.
13708
13709 A sample format:
13710
13711 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13712 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13713 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13714 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13715 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13716 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13717 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13718 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13719 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13720 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13721 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13722 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13723 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13724 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13725 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13726
13727 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13728 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13729 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13730
13731 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13732 also supported.
13733
13734 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13735
13736 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13737 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13738 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13739
13740 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13741 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13742 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13743
13744 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13745 into the buffer at the current point.
13746
13747 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13748 into the buffer at the current point.
13749
13750 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13751 into the buffer at the current point.
13752
13753 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13754
13755 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13756 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13757
13758 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13759
13760 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13761
13762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13763
13764 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13765 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13766 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13767 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13768
13769 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13770
13771 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13772 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13773 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13774
13775 \(fn)" t nil)
13776
13777 ;;;***
13778 \f
13779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22150 28228 30072 702000))
13780 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13781
13782 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13783 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13785 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13786 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13787
13788 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13789 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13790 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13791 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13792
13793 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13794 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13795 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13796 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13797
13798 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13799 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13800 which can be called interactively, are:
13801
13802 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13803 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13804
13805 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13806 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13807 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13808 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13809
13810 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13811 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13812
13813 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13814 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13815 available face automatically.
13816
13817 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13818 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13819
13820 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13821 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13822 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13823 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13824 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13825 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13826 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13827 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13828 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13829 function returns t.
13830
13831 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13832 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13833
13834 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13835 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13836 form:
13837 Hi-lock: FOO
13838
13839 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13840 position (number of characters into buffer)
13841 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13842 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13843 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13844
13845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846
13847 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13848 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13849 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13852 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13853
13854 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13855
13856 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13857 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13858 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13859 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13860 ARG is omitted or nil.
13861
13862 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13863 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13864 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13865
13866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13867
13868 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13869
13870 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13871 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13872 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13873 Use the global history list for FACE.
13874
13875 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13876 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13877 highlighting will not update as you type.
13878
13879 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13880
13881 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13882
13883 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13884 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13885 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13886 Use the global history list for FACE.
13887
13888 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13889 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13890 highlighting will not update as you type.
13891
13892 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13893
13894 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13895
13896 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13897 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13898 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13899 Use the global history list for FACE.
13900
13901 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13902 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13903 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13904
13905 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13906 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13907 highlighting will not update as you type.
13908
13909 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13910
13911 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13912
13913 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13914 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13915 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13916 unless you use a prefix argument.
13917 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13918
13919 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13920 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13921
13922 \(fn)" t nil)
13923
13924 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13925
13926 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13927 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13928 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13929 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13930 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13931 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13932
13933 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13934
13935 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13936 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13937
13938 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13939 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13940 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13941
13942 \(fn)" t nil)
13943
13944 ;;;***
13945 \f
13946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22197 58438
13947 ;;;;;; 447460 447000))
13948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13949
13950 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13951 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13955
13956 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13957 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13958 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13959 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13960
13961 `hide-ifdef-env'
13962 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13963 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13964 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13965 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13966 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13967 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13968 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13969
13970 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13971 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13972 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13973 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13974 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13975
13976 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13977 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13978 #endif lines when hiding.
13979
13980 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13981 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13982 is activated.
13983
13984 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13985 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13986 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13987
13988 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13989
13990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13991
13992 ;;;***
13993 \f
13994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22150 28228
13995 ;;;;;; 830072 702000))
13996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13997
13998 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13999 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14000 Each element has the form
14001 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14002
14003 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14004 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14005
14006 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14007 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14008
14009 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14010 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14011 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14012 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14013 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14014 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14015
14016 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14017 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14018
14019 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14020 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14021
14022 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14023 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14024 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14025
14026 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14027 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14028 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14029 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14030 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14031
14032 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14033 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14034 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14035
14036 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14037 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14038 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14039
14040 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14041 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14042
14043 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14044
14045 Key bindings:
14046 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14047
14048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14049
14050 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14051 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14052
14053 \(fn)" nil nil)
14054
14055 ;;;***
14056 \f
14057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22150 28228 30072
14058 ;;;;;; 702000))
14059 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14060
14061 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14062 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14064 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14065 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14066
14067 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14068 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14069 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14070 this on and off.
14071
14072 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14073 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14074 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14075 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14076 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14077 through various faces.
14078 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14079 buffer with the contents of a file
14080 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14081
14082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14083
14084 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14085 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14087 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14088 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14089
14090 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14091 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14092 in a distinctive face.
14093
14094 The default value can be customized with variable
14095 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14096
14097 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14098
14099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14102 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14103 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14104
14105 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14106
14107 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14108 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14109
14110 \(fn)" t nil)
14111
14112 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14113 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14114
14115 \(fn)" t nil)
14116
14117 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14118 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14119
14120 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14121 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14122 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14123 shown in the last face in the list.
14124
14125 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14126 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14127 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14128
14129 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14130
14131 \(fn)" t nil)
14132
14133 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14134 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14135
14136 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14137
14138 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14139 to save the file.
14140
14141 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14142 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14143
14144 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14145 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14146 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14147
14148 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14149
14150 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14151 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14152
14153 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14154 this function is called interactively.
14155
14156 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14157 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14158 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14159
14160 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14161 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14162 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14163
14164 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14165
14166 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14167 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14168 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14169 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14170 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14171 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14172
14173 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14174
14175 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14176 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14177 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14178 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14179 ARG is omitted or nil.
14180
14181 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14182 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14183 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14184
14185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14186
14187 ;;;***
14188 \f
14189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22150 28228 30072
14190 ;;;;;; 702000))
14191 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14192 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14193
14194 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14195 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14196 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14197 or insert functions in this list.")
14198
14199 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14200
14201 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14202 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14203 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14204 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14205 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14206 expansions.
14207 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14208 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14209 undoes the expansion.
14210
14211 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14212
14213 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14214 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14215 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14216 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14217
14218 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14219
14220 ;;;***
14221 \f
14222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22150 28228 30072 702000))
14223 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14224
14225 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14226 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14227 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14228 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14229 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14230
14231 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14232 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14233 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14234 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14235 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14236 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14237
14238 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14239 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14240 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14241 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14242
14243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14244
14245 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14246 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14247 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14250 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14251
14252 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14253
14254 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14255 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14259
14260 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14261 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14262 windows.
14263
14264 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14265 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14266
14267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14268
14269 ;;;***
14270 \f
14271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22150 28227
14272 ;;;;;; 78072 702000))
14273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14274
14275 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14276 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14277 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14278
14279 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14280
14281 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14282
14283 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14284 Oriental holidays.
14285 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14286
14287 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14288
14289 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14290
14291 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14292 Local holidays.
14293 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14294
14295 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14296
14297 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14298
14299 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14300 User defined holidays.
14301 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14302
14303 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14304
14305 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14306
14307 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14308 Jewish holidays.
14309 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14310
14311 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14312
14313 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14314
14315 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14316 Christian holidays.
14317 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14318
14319 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14320
14321 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14322
14323 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14324 Islamic holidays.
14325 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14326
14327 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14328
14329 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14330
14331 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14332 Bahá’í holidays.
14333 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14334
14335 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14336
14337 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14338
14339 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14340 Sun-related holidays.
14341 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14342
14343 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14344
14345 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14346
14347 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14348
14349 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14350 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14351 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14352 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14353
14354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14355
14356 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14357 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14358 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14359 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14360 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14361
14362 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14363 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14364
14365 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14366 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14367
14368 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14369 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14370 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14371 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14372 of a holiday list.
14373
14374 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14375
14376 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14377
14378 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14379
14380 ;;;***
14381 \f
14382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22150 28227
14383 ;;;;;; 946072 702000))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14385
14386 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14387 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14388
14389 \(fn)" t nil)
14390
14391 ;;;***
14392 \f
14393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22174 41792
14394 ;;;;;; 975867 435000))
14395 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14396 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14397
14398 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14399 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14400 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14401 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14402 as possible.
14403
14404 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14405 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14406 fontified display.
14407
14408 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14409 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14410
14411 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14412 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14413 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14414
14415 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14416
14417 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14418 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14419 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14420
14421 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14422
14423 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14424
14425 ;;;***
14426 \f
14427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22150 28228 50072
14428 ;;;;;; 702000))
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14430
14431 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14432 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14433
14434 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14435 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14436 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14437
14438 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14439 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14440 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14441 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14442 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14443 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14444
14445 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14446 title of the column.
14447
14448 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14449 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14450 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14451 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14452 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14453
14454 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14455
14456 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14457
14458 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14459 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14460 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14461 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14462 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14463
14464 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14465 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14466 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14467
14468 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14469
14470 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14471
14472 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14473
14474 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14475 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14476 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14477 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14478 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14479 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14480
14481 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14482 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14483 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14484 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14485 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14486 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14487 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14488 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14489 values are:
14490 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14491 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14492 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14493 buffer's modification flag.
14494 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14495 prompted before performing this operation.
14496 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14497 operation is complete, in the form:
14498 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14499 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14500 confirmation message, in the form:
14501 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14502 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14503 macro for exactly what it does.
14504
14505 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14506
14507 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14508
14509 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14510
14511 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14512 Define a filter named NAME.
14513 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14514 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14515 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14516
14517 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14518 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14519 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14520 bound to the current value of the filter.
14521
14522 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14523
14524 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14525
14526 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14527
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22150 28612 886072
14531 ;;;;;; 702000))
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14533
14534 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14535 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14536 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14537 buffers which are visiting a file.
14538
14539 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14540
14541 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14542 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14543 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14544 buffers which are visiting a file.
14545
14546 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14547
14548 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14549 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14550 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14551
14552 All arguments are optional.
14553 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14554 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14555 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14556 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14557 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14558 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14559 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14560 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14561 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14562 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14563 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14564 that value locally in this buffer.
14565
14566 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14567
14568 ;;;***
14569 \f
14570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22150
14571 ;;;;;; 28227 78072 702000))
14572 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14573 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14574
14575 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14576 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14577 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14578 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14579
14580 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14581
14582 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14583 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14584 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14585 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14586 ICAL-FILENAME.
14587 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14588 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14589 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14590
14591 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14592
14593 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14594 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14595 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14596 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14597 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14598 non-marking or not.
14599
14600 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14601
14602 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14603 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14604
14605 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14606 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14607 DIARY-FILE.
14608
14609 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14610 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14611 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14612
14613 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14614 non-marking.
14615
14616 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14617 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14618 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14619
14620 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14621
14622 ;;;***
14623 \f
14624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22150 28228 54072
14625 ;;;;;; 702000))
14626 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14627
14628 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14629 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14630 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14633 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14634
14635 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14636
14637 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14638 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14641 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14642
14643 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14644 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14645 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14646 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14647
14648 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14649 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14650
14651 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14652 completions:
14653
14654 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14655
14656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14657 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14658 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14659 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14660 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14661
14662 ;;;***
14663 \f
14664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22197 58438 447460
14665 ;;;;;; 447000))
14666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14667
14668 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14669 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14670 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14671 Tab indents for Icon code.
14672 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14673 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14674 \\{icon-mode-map}
14675 Variables controlling indentation style:
14676 icon-tab-always-indent
14677 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14678 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14679 icon-auto-newline
14680 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14681 inserted in Icon code.
14682 icon-indent-level
14683 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14684 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14685 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14686 icon-continued-statement-offset
14687 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14688 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14689 icon-continued-brace-offset
14690 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14691 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14692 icon-brace-offset
14693 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14694 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14695 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14696 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14697
14698 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14699 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14700
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14702
14703 ;;;***
14704 \f
14705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22150
14706 ;;;;;; 28228 850072 702000))
14707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14708
14709 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14710 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14711 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14712 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14713
14714 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14715 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14716 separate frames.
14717
14718 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14719 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14720
14721 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14722 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14723 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14724
14725 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14726
14727 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14728
14729 ;;;***
14730 \f
14731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22197 58438
14732 ;;;;;; 467460 447000))
14733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14734 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14735
14736 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14737 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14738
14739 The main features of this mode are
14740
14741 1. Indentation and Formatting
14742 --------------------------
14743 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14744 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14745
14746 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14747 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14748 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14749 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14750
14751 Comments are indented as follows:
14752
14753 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14754 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14755 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14756
14757 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14758
14759 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14760 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14761 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14762 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14763 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14764 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14765
14766 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14767 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14768 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14769 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14770
14771 2. Routine Info
14772 ------------
14773 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14774 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14775 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14776 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14777 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14778 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14779 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14780 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14781 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14782 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14783
14784 3. Online IDL Help
14785 ---------------
14786
14787 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14788 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14789 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14790 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14791
14792 4. Completion
14793 ----------
14794 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14795 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14796 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14797 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14798 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14799 upper case.
14800
14801 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14802 --------------------------------
14803 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14804 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14805
14806 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14807 \\fu FUNCTION template
14808 \\c CASE statement template
14809 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14810 \\f FOR loop template
14811 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14812 \\w WHILE loop template
14813 \\i IF statement template
14814 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14815 \\b BEGIN
14816
14817 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14818 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14819
14820 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14821 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14822 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14823 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14824
14825 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14826 -------------------------
14827 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14828 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14829
14830 7. Automatic END completion
14831 ------------------------
14832 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14833 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14834
14835 8. Hooks
14836 -----
14837 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14838 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14839
14840 9. Documentation and Customization
14841 -------------------------------
14842 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14843 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14844 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14845 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14846 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14847 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14848
14849 10.Keybindings
14850 -----------
14851 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14852 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14853 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14854
14855 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14856
14857 \(fn)" t nil)
14858
14859 ;;;***
14860 \f
14861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
14862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14863
14864 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14865 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14866 The following values are possible:
14867 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14868 displaying...)
14869 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14870 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14871 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14872
14873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14874 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14875
14876 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14877
14878 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14879 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14880 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14881 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14882 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14883 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14884 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14885 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14886 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14887
14888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14889
14890 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14891 Switch to another buffer.
14892 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14893 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14894 in another frame.
14895
14896 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14897 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14898 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14899 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14900 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14901
14902 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14903 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14904
14905 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14906
14907 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14908 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14909 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14910 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14911 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14912 in a separate window.
14913 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14914 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14915 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14916 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14917 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14918 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14919 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14920 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14921 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14922
14923 \(fn)" t nil)
14924
14925 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14926 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14927 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14928 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14929
14930 \(fn)" t nil)
14931
14932 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14933 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14934 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14935 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14936
14937 \(fn)" t nil)
14938
14939 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14940 Kill a buffer.
14941 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14942 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14943
14944 \(fn)" t nil)
14945
14946 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14947 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14948 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14949 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14950
14951 \(fn)" t nil)
14952
14953 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14954 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14955 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14956 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14957
14958 \(fn)" t nil)
14959
14960 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14961 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14962
14963 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14964
14965 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14966 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14967 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14968 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14969 in another frame.
14970
14971 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14972 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14973 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14974 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14975 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14976 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14977
14978 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14979 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14980
14981 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14982
14983 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14984 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14985 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14986 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14987 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14988 in a separate window.
14989 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14990 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14991 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14992 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14993 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14994 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14995 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14996 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14997 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14998 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14999 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15000 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15001 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15002 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15003 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15004 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15005 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15006 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15007
15008 \(fn)" t nil)
15009
15010 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15011 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15012 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15013 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15014
15015 \(fn)" t nil)
15016
15017 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15018 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15019 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15020 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15021
15022 \(fn)" t nil)
15023
15024 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15025 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15026 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15027 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15028
15029 \(fn)" t nil)
15030
15031 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15032 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15033 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15034 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15035
15036 \(fn)" t nil)
15037
15038 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15039 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15040 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15041 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15042
15043 \(fn)" t nil)
15044
15045 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15046 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15047 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15048 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15049
15050 \(fn)" t nil)
15051
15052 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15053 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15054 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15055 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15056
15057 \(fn)" t nil)
15058
15059 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15060 Write current buffer to a file.
15061 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15062 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15063
15064 \(fn)" t nil)
15065
15066 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15067 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15068 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15069 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15070
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15072
15073 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15074 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15075 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15076 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15077
15078 \(fn)" t nil)
15079
15080 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15081 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15082 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15083 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15084 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15085 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15086
15087 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15088
15089 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15090 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15091 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15092 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15093
15094 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15095
15096 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15097 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15098 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15099 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15100
15101 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15104 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15105 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15106 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15107 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15108 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15109 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15110 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15111 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15112 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15113 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15114 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15115 with point positioned at the end.
15116 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15117 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15118
15119 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15120
15121 ;;;***
15122 \f
15123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15124 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15125
15126 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15127 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15128 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15129 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15130
15131 \(fn)" t nil)
15132
15133 ;;;***
15134 \f
15135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15136 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15137
15138 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15139
15140 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15141 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15145 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15146
15147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15148
15149 ;;;***
15150 \f
15151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22150 28228 86072 702000))
15152 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15153
15154 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15155 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15156 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15157 be determined.
15158
15159 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15160
15161 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15162 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15163 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15164 be determined.
15165
15166 \(fn)" nil nil)
15167
15168 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15169 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15170 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15171 be determined.
15172
15173 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15174
15175 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15176 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15177 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15178 be determined.
15179
15180 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15181
15182 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15183 Determine and return image type.
15184 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15185 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15186 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15187 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15188 use its file extension as image type.
15189 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15190
15191 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15194 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15195 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15196
15197 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15198
15199 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15200 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15201 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15202
15203 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15204 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15205 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15206 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15207 must be available.
15208
15209 \(fn)" nil nil)
15210
15211 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15212 Create an image.
15213 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15214 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15215 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15216 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15217 use its file extension as image type.
15218 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15219 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15220 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15221 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15222
15223 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15224
15225 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15226 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15227 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15228
15229 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15230
15231 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15232 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15233 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15234 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15235 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15236 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15237 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15238 POS may be an integer or marker.
15239 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15240 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15241 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15242 means display it in the right marginal area.
15243
15244 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15245
15246 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15247 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15248 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15249 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15250 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15251 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15252 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15253 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15254 means display it in the right marginal area.
15255 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15256 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15257 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15258 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15259 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15260
15261 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15262
15263 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15264 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15265 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15266 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15267 STRING is a single space.
15268 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15269 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15270 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15271 means display it in the right marginal area.
15272 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15273
15274 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15275
15276 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15277 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15278 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15279 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15280
15281 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15282
15283 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15284 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15285
15286 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15287
15288 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15289 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15290 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15291 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15292 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15293 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15294 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15295 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15296 satisfied.
15297
15298 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15299
15300 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15301
15302 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15303
15304 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15305 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15306
15307 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15308 documentation string.
15309
15310 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15311 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15312 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15313 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15314 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15315 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15316 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15317 define SYMBOL.
15318
15319 Example:
15320
15321 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15322 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15323
15324 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15325
15326 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15327
15328 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15329 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15330 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15331 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15332
15333 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15334 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15335 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15336 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15337
15338 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15339
15340 \(fn)" nil nil)
15341
15342 ;;;***
15343 \f
15344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22150 28228
15345 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
15346 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15347 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15348
15349 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15350 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15351 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15352 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15353 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15354 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15355
15356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15357
15358 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15359 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15360
15361 Convenience command that:
15362
15363 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15364 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15365 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15366
15367 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15368 image files in dired and type
15369 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15370
15371 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15372
15373 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15374 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15375
15376 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15377
15378 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15379 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15380 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15381 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15382 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15383 another one).
15384
15385 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15386 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15387 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15388
15389 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15390 instead of erasing it first.
15391
15392 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15393 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15394 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15395 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15396 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15397 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15398
15399 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15400
15401 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15402 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15403 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15404 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15405 displayed.
15406
15407 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15408
15409 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15410
15411 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15412
15413 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15414 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15415
15416 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15417
15418 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15419 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15420 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15421
15422 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15423
15424 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15425 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15426
15427 \(fn)" t nil)
15428
15429 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15430 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15431 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15432 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15433
15434 \(fn)" t nil)
15435
15436 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15437 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15438
15439 \(fn)" t nil)
15440
15441 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15442 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15443
15444 \(fn)" t nil)
15445
15446 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15447 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15448
15449 \(fn)" t nil)
15450
15451 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15452 Display current image file.
15453 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15454 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15455
15456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15457
15458 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15459 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15460
15461 \(fn)" t nil)
15462
15463 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15464 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15465 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15466 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15467 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15468 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15469 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15470
15471 \(fn)" t nil)
15472
15473 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15474 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15475 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15476 easy-to-use form.
15477
15478 \(fn)" t nil)
15479
15480 ;;;***
15481 \f
15482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22150 28228 86072
15483 ;;;;;; 702000))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15485
15486 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15487 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15488 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15489 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15490
15491 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15492 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15493 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15494 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15495
15496 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15497
15498 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15499 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15500 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15501 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15502
15503 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15504 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15505 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15506 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15507
15508 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15509
15510 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15511 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15512
15513 \(fn)" nil nil)
15514
15515 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15516 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15517 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15518 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15519
15520 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15521
15522 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15523 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15524 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15526 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15527 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15528
15529 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15530
15531 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15532 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15533 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15534 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15535 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15536
15537 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15538 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15539 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15540
15541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15542
15543 ;;;***
15544 \f
15545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22174 53239 753341
15546 ;;;;;; 435000))
15547 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15548
15549 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15550 Major mode for image files.
15551 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15552 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15553
15554 Key bindings:
15555 \\{image-mode-map}
15556
15557 \(fn)" t nil)
15558
15559 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15560 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15564
15565 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15566 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15567 actual image.
15568
15569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15570
15571 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15572 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15573 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15574 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15575 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15576 to display an image file as the actual image.
15577
15578 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15579 to display an image file as text initially.
15580
15581 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15582 on these modes.
15583
15584 \(fn)" t nil)
15585
15586 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15587
15588
15589 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15590
15591 ;;;***
15592 \f
15593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22150 28228 90072 702000))
15594 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15595
15596 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15597 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15598
15599 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15600
15601 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15602 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15603 in the buffer.
15604
15605 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15606
15607 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15608 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15609 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15610
15611 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15612
15613 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15614 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15615 Each element of this list should have the form
15616
15617 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15618
15619 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15620 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15621 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15622 matches are put).
15623 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15624 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15625 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15626 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15627 another element.
15628 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15629 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15630 the menu item.
15631 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15632 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15633 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15634 the ARGUMENTS.
15635
15636 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15637 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15638 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15639
15640 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15641 create a buffer index.
15642
15643 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15644 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15645 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15646 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15647 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15648
15649 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15650
15651 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15652 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15653
15654 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15655 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15656 called within a `save-excursion'.
15657
15658 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15659
15660 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15661
15662 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15663 Function for finding the next index position.
15664
15665 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15666 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15667 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15668 file.
15669
15670 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15671 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15672
15673 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15674
15675 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15676 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15677
15678 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15679 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15680 It should return the name for that index item.")
15681
15682 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15683
15684 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15685 Function to compare string with index item.
15686
15687 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15688 non-nil if they match.
15689
15690 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15691 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15692 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15693 arguments match\".")
15694
15695 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15696
15697 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15698 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15699 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15700
15701 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15702 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15703
15704 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15705
15706 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15707
15708 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15709 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15710 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15711 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15712
15713 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15716 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15717
15718 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15719
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15723 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15724 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15725 for more information.
15726
15727 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15728
15729 ;;;***
15730 \f
15731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22150 28228
15732 ;;;;;; 190072 702000))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15734
15735 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15736 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15737
15738 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15741
15742
15743 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15746
15747
15748 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15749
15750 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15751
15752
15753 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15754
15755 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15756 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15757
15758 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15759
15760 ;;;***
15761 \f
15762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22150 28228
15763 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
15764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15765
15766 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15767 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15768 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15769 to that buffer.
15770 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15771 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15772 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15773 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15774
15775 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15776
15777 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15778
15779 ;;;***
15780 \f
15781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22150 28228 98072 702000))
15782 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15783
15784 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15785 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15786 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15787 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15788 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15789 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15790 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15791 first in this list.
15792
15793 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15794 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15795 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15796 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15797 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15798
15799 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15800 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15801 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15802
15803 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15804 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15805
15806 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15807 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15808
15809 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15810 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15811 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15812 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15813 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15814 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15815 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15816 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15817 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15818 with the top-level Info directory.
15819
15820 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15821 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15822
15823 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15824
15825 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15826 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15827 in all the directories in that path.
15828
15829 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15830
15831 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15832
15833 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15834 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15835
15836 \(fn)" t nil)
15837
15838 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15839 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15840
15841 \(fn)" t nil)
15842
15843 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15844 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15845 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15846 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15847
15848 \(fn)" nil nil)
15849
15850 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15851 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15852 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15853 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15854
15855 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15856
15857 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15858 Go to the Info directory node.
15859
15860 \(fn)" t nil)
15861
15862 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15863 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15864 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15865 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15866 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15867 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15868
15869 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15870
15871 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15872 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15873 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15874
15875 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15876
15877 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15878 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15879 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15880 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15881 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15882
15883 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15884
15885 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15886 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15887 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15888 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15889 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15890
15891 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15892 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15893
15894 Selecting other nodes:
15895 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15896 Follow a node reference you click on.
15897 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15898 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15899 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15900 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15901 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15902 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15903 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15904 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15905 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15906 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15907 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15908 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15909 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15910 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15911 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15912 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15913 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15914 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15915 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15916 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15917
15918 Moving within a node:
15919 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15920 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15921 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15922 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15923 move up to the parent node.
15924 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15925 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15926 if there is none.
15927 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15928
15929 Advanced commands:
15930 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15931 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15932 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15933 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15934 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15935 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15936 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15937 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15938 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15939 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15940 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15941 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15942 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15943 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15944 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15945 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15946
15947 \(fn)" t nil)
15948 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15949
15950 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15951 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15952 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15953 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15954 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15955 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15956
15957 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15958 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15959
15960 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15961 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15962 KEY is a string.
15963 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15964 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15965 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15966 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15967
15968 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15969
15970 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15971 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15972 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15973
15974 \(fn)" t nil)
15975
15976 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15977 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15978 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15979
15980 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15981
15982 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15983 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15984 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15985 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15986 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15987 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15988
15989 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22291 28851 633608
15994 ;;;;;; 847000))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15996
15997 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15998 Throw away all cached data.
15999 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16000 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16001 system.
16002
16003 \(fn)" t nil)
16004 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16005
16006 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16007 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16008 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16009 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16010 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16011 one found at point.
16012
16013 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16014
16015 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16016 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16017
16018 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16019 Display the documentation of a file.
16020 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16021 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16022 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16023 The default file name is the one found at point.
16024
16025 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16026
16027 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16030 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16031
16032 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16033
16034 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16035 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16036
16037 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16038
16039 ;;;***
16040 \f
16041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22150 28228 94072
16042 ;;;;;; 702000))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16044 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16045
16046 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16047 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16048 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16049 current info file is the default.
16050
16051 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16052 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16053 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16054 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16055 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16056
16057 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16058 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16059 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16060 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16061 mistake in the reference.
16062
16063 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16064 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16065 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16066
16067 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16068 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16069 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16070 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16071
16072 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16073
16074 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16075 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16076 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16077 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16078 checked.
16079
16080 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16081 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16082 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16083 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16084 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16085 should be harmless.
16086
16087 \(fn)" t nil)
16088
16089 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16090 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16091 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16092 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16093
16094 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16095 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16096 and can take a long time.
16097
16098 \(fn)" t nil)
16099
16100 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16101 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16102 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16103
16104 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16105
16106 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16107 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16108
16109 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16110 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16111 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16112 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16113 all builtins).
16114
16115 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16116 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16117 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16118 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16119 the sources handy.
16120
16121 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16122
16123 ;;;***
16124 \f
16125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22150 28228 102072
16126 ;;;;;; 702000))
16127 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16128
16129 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16130 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16131
16132 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16133
16134 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16135 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16136
16137 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16138
16139 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16140 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16141 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16142 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16143
16144 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16145 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16146 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16147
16148 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16149 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16150 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16151 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16152
16153 \(fn)" t nil)
16154
16155 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16156 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16157 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16158
16159 \(fn)" t nil)
16160
16161 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16162 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16163 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16164 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16165 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16166
16167 \(fn)" nil nil)
16168
16169 ;;;***
16170 \f
16171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22171 34371
16172 ;;;;;; 930658 796000))
16173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16174
16175 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16176
16177
16178 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16179
16180 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16181
16182 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16183
16184 ;;;***
16185 \f
16186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22150 28227
16187 ;;;;;; 218072 702000))
16188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16189 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16190
16191 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16192 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16193 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16194
16195 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16196
16197 ;;;***
16198 \f
16199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22150
16200 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16201 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16202
16203 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16204 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16205
16206 \(fn)" t nil)
16207
16208 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16209 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16210
16211 \(fn)" t nil)
16212
16213 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16214
16215
16216 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16217
16218 ;;;***
16219 \f
16220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22150 28228 154072
16221 ;;;;;; 702000))
16222 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16223 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16224
16225 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16226 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16227 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16228 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16229 accessed via isearchb.
16230
16231 \(fn)" t nil)
16232
16233 ;;;***
16234 \f
16235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22150
16236 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16238
16239 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16240 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16241 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16242 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16243 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16244
16245 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16246
16247 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16248 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16249 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16250 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16251 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16252
16253 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16254
16255 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16256 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16257 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16258 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16259 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16260
16261 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16262
16263 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16264 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16265 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16266 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16267 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16268
16269 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16270
16271 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16272 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16273 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16274 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16276
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16280 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16281 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16282 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16283 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16284
16285 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16286
16287 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16288 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16289 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16290 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16291 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16292
16293 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16294
16295 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16296 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16297 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16298 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16299
16300 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16301
16302 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16303 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16304 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16305 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16306
16307 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16308
16309 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16310 Warn that format is read-only.
16311
16312 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16313
16314 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16315 Warn that format is write-only.
16316
16317 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16318
16319 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16320 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16321
16322 \(fn)" t nil)
16323
16324 ;;;***
16325 \f
16326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16327 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 106072 702000))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16329 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16330 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16331
16332 ;;;***
16333 \f
16334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22308 37947
16335 ;;;;;; 230422 527000))
16336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16337
16338 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16339
16340 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16341 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16342 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16343 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16344 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16345
16346 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16347
16348 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16349
16350 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16351 Key map for ispell menu.")
16352
16353 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16354 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16355 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16356 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16357
16358 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16359
16360 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16361
16362 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16363
16364 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16365
16366 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16367 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16368 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16369 Valid forms include:
16370 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16371 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16372 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16373 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16374
16375 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16376 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16377 First list is used raw.
16378 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16379
16380 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16381 for skipping in latex mode.")
16382
16383 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16384 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16385 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16386 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16387 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16388 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16389 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16390
16391 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16392 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16393 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16394 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16395
16396 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16397 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16398 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16399 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16400 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16401
16402 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16403 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16404
16405 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16406 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16407
16408 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16409 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16410
16411 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16412 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16413
16414 Return values:
16415 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16416 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16417 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16418 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16419 quit spell session exited.
16420
16421 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16422
16423 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16424 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16425 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16426
16427 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16428
16429 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16430 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16431
16432 Selections are:
16433
16434 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16435 SPC: Accept word this time.
16436 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16437 `a': Accept word for this session.
16438 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16439 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16440 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16441 `?': Show these commands.
16442 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16443 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16444 the aborted check to be completed later.
16445 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16446 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16447 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16448 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16449 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16450 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16451 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16452
16453 \(fn)" nil nil)
16454
16455 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16456 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16457 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16458 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16459
16460 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16461
16462 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16463 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16464 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16465 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16466
16467 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16468
16469 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16470
16471 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16472 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16473 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16474 amount for last line processed.
16475
16476 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16477
16478 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16479 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16480
16481 \(fn)" t nil)
16482
16483 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16484 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16485
16486 \(fn)" t nil)
16487
16488 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16489 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16490 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16491
16492 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16493
16494 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16495 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16496
16497 \(fn)" t nil)
16498
16499 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16500 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16501 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16502 sequence inside of a word.
16503
16504 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16505
16506 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16507
16508 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16509 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16510
16511 \(fn)" t nil)
16512
16513 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16514 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16515 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16516 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16517
16518 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16519 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16520 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16521 available on the net.
16522
16523 \(fn)" t nil)
16524
16525 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16526 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16527 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16528 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16529 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16530
16531 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16532 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16533 spelled.
16534
16535 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16536 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16537 SPC.
16538
16539 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16540 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16541
16542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16543
16544 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16545 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16546 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16547 Don't check included messages.
16548
16549 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16550 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16551 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16552
16553 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16554 in your init file:
16555 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16556 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16557 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16558 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16559
16560 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16561 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16562 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16563
16564 \(fn)" t nil)
16565
16566 ;;;***
16567 \f
16568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22150
16569 ;;;;;; 28228 190072 702000))
16570 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16571
16572 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16573
16574
16575 \(fn)" nil nil)
16576
16577 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16578 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16579 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16580 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16581 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16582 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16583 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16584 necessary to represent OBJ.
16585
16586 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16587
16588 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16589 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16590 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16591 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16592
16593 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16594
16595 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16596 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16597 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16598 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16599 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16600
16601 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16602
16603 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16604 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16605 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16606 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16607
16608 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16609
16610 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16611 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16612 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16613 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16614
16615 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16616
16617 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16618 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16619
16620 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16621
16622 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16623 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16624 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16625 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16626 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16627
16628 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16629
16630 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16631 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16632 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16633 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16634 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16635
16636 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16637
16638 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16639 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16640 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16641
16642 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16643
16644 ;;;***
16645 \f
16646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22150 28228 158072
16647 ;;;;;; 702000))
16648 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16649
16650 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16651 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16652 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16653 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16654
16655 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16656
16657
16658 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16659
16660 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16661 Uninstall jka-compr.
16662 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16663 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16664 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16665
16666 \(fn)" nil nil)
16667
16668 ;;;***
16669 \f
16670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22305 18655 595719
16671 ;;;;;; 883000))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16673 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16674
16675 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16676 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16677
16678 \(fn)" t nil)
16679
16680 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16681 Major mode for editing JSX.
16682
16683 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16684 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16685 locally, like so:
16686
16687 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16688 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16689 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16690
16691 \(fn)" t nil)
16692 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16693
16694 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22197 58438 339460 447000))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16700 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16701
16702 ;;;***
16703 \f
16704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22150 28227
16705 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
16706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16707
16708 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16709 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16710 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16711 decimal key must be specified.")
16712
16713 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16714
16715 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16716 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16717 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16718 decimal key must be specified.")
16719
16720 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16721
16722 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16723 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16724 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16725 decimal key must be specified.")
16726
16727 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16728
16729 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16730 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16731 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16732 decimal key must be specified.")
16733
16734 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16735
16736 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16737 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16738 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16739 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16740 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16741 keys are bound.
16742
16743 Setup Binding
16744 -------------------------------------------------------------
16745 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16746 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16747 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16748 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16749 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16750 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16751 in the global and local keymaps.
16752
16753 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16754 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16755
16756 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16757
16758 ;;;***
16759 \f
16760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22150
16761 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16763
16764 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16765 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16766 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16767
16768 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16769 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16770 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16771 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16772 shorter.
16773
16774 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16775 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16776 the context of text formatting.
16777
16778 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16779
16780 ;;;***
16781 \f
16782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22150 28228 106072
16783 ;;;;;; 702000))
16784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16785
16786 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16787 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16788 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16789 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16790 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16791 positions that contains the current selection.")
16792
16793 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16794 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16795 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16796 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16797 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16798 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16799 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16800
16801 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16802
16803 ;;;***
16804 \f
16805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22150 28228 162072 702000))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16807 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16808 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16809 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16810 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16811 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16812 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16813 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16814
16815 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16816 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16817 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16818
16819 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16820
16821 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16822 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16823 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16824 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16825 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16826
16827 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16828
16829 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16830 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16831 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16832
16833 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16834 defining the macro.
16835
16836 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16837 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16838 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16839
16840 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16841 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16842
16843 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16844
16845 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16846 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16847 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16848 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16849 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16850 under that name.
16851
16852 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16853 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16854 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16855
16856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16857
16858 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16859 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16860 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16861 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16862
16863 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16864 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16865 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16866 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16867
16868 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16869 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16870
16871 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16872
16873 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16874 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16875 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16876
16877 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16878 macro.
16879
16880 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16881 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16882
16883 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16884 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16885 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16886
16887 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16888 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16889
16890 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16891
16892 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16893 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16894 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16895 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16896
16897 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16898
16899 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16900 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16901 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16902 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16903
16904 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16905 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16906
16907 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16908
16909 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16910 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16911 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16912
16913 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16914
16915 ;;;***
16916 \f
16917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22150
16918 ;;;;;; 28228 194072 702000))
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16920
16921 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16922 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16923 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16924
16925 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16926
16927
16928 \(fn)" nil nil)
16929
16930 ;;;***
16931 \f
16932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22150 28228
16933 ;;;;;; 194072 702000))
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16935
16936 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16937
16938
16939 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16940
16941 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16942 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16943 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16944 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16945 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16946 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16947
16948 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16949 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16950
16951 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16952
16953 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16954 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16955
16956 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16957
16958 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16959
16960
16961 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16962
16963 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16964
16965
16966 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16967
16968 ;;;***
16969 \f
16970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22150
16971 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16973
16974 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16975 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16976 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16977 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16978
16979 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16980
16981 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16982 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16983 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16984
16985 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16986
16987 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16988 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16989 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16990
16991 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16992
16993 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16994 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16995 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16996 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16997
16998 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16999
17000 ;;;***
17001 \f
17002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17003 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 110072 702000))
17004 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17005
17006 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17007 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17008 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17009 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17010 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17011 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17012 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17013 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17014
17015 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17016 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17017
17018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17019 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17020
17021 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17022
17023 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17024 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17025 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17026 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17027 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17028 `latin1-display-setup'.
17029
17030 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17031
17032 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17033 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17034 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17035 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17036
17037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17038 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17039
17040 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17041
17042 ;;;***
17043 \f
17044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22150
17045 ;;;;;; 28228 866072 702000))
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17047
17048 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17049 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17050
17051 \(fn)" t nil)
17052
17053 ;;;***
17054 \f
17055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22150
17056 ;;;;;; 28227 434072 702000))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17058 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17059
17060 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17061 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17062 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17063 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17064
17065 For instance, the following code
17066
17067 (let-alist alist
17068 (if (and .title .body)
17069 .body
17070 .site
17071 .site.contents))
17072
17073 essentially expands to
17074
17075 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17076 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17077 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17078 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17079 (if (and .title .body)
17080 .body
17081 .site
17082 .site.contents))
17083
17084 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17085 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17086 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17087 displayed in the example above.
17088
17089 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17090
17091 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17092
17093 ;;;***
17094 \f
17095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22150 28228 678072 702000))
17096 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17097
17098 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17099 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17100 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17101 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17102 generations (this defaults to 1).
17103
17104 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17105
17106 ;;;***
17107 \f
17108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17110 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17111
17112 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17113 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17115 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17116 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17117
17118 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17119
17120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17121
17122 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17123 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17124 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17127 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17128
17129 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17130
17131 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17132 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17133 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17134 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17135 ARG is omitted or nil.
17136
17137 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17138 `linum-on' would do it.
17139 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17140
17141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17142
17143 ;;;***
17144 \f
17145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22150 28228 210072
17146 ;;;;;; 702000))
17147 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17148
17149 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17150 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17151 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17152 is nil, raise an error.
17153
17154 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17155 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17156 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17157 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17158 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17159 defined by the library.
17160
17161 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17162 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17163 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17164 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17165 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17166 proceeds.
17167
17168 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17169 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17170 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17171 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17172
17173 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17174
17175 ;;;***
17176 \f
17177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17179
17180 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17181 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17182 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17183
17184 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17185
17186 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17187 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17188 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17189 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17190
17191 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17192 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17193 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17194 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17195 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17196 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17197 the version.)
17198
17199 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17200 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17201
17202 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17203 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17204
17205 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17206 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17207
17208 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17209
17210 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17211 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17212 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17213 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17214 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17215 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17216 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17217 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17218 to constrain a big search.
17219
17220 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17221
17222 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17223 except that FILTER is not optional.
17224
17225 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17226
17227 ;;;***
17228 \f
17229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22150 28229 278072
17230 ;;;;;; 702000))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17232
17233 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17234 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17235 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17236 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17237 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17238 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17239 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17240 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17241 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17242 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17243
17244 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17245 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17246 associated values:
17247 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17248 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17249 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17250 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17251 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17252
17253 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17254 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17255 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17256
17257 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17258
17259 ;;;***
17260 \f
17261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22294 5044 399300
17262 ;;;;;; 64000))
17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17264
17265 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17266 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17267
17268 \(fn)" t nil)
17269
17270 ;;;***
17271 \f
17272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17273 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17274
17275 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17276 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17277
17278 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17279 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17280
17281 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17282 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17283 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17284
17285 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17286 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17287
17288 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17289 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17290 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17291 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17292 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17293 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17294 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17295
17296 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17297
17298 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17299 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17300 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17301 switch on this list.
17302 See `lpr-command'.")
17303
17304 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17305
17306 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17307 Name of program for printing a file.
17308
17309 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17310 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17311 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17312 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17313 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17314 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17315 argument.")
17316
17317 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17318
17319 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17320 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17321 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17322 for customization of the printer command.
17323
17324 \(fn)" t nil)
17325
17326 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17327 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17328
17329 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17330 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17331 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17332 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17333
17334 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17335 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17336
17337 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17338 for further customization of the printer command.
17339
17340 \(fn)" t nil)
17341
17342 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17343 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17344 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17345 for customization of the printer command.
17346
17347 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17348
17349 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17350 Paginate and print the region contents.
17351
17352 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17353 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17354 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17355 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17356
17357 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17358 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17359
17360 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17361 for further customization of the printer command.
17362
17363 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17364
17365 ;;;***
17366 \f
17367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22220 19926 384329
17368 ;;;;;; 271000))
17369 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17370
17371 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17372 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17373 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17374
17375 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17376
17377 ;;;***
17378 \f
17379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22150 28227 78072
17380 ;;;;;; 702000))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17382
17383 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17384 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17385 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17386 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17387
17388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17389
17390 ;;;***
17391 \f
17392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22150 28228
17393 ;;;;;; 866072 702000))
17394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17395
17396 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17397 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17398
17399 \(fn)" t nil)
17400
17401 ;;;***
17402 \f
17403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17405
17406 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17407 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17408 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17409 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17410 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17411
17412 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17413
17414 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17415 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17416 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17417 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17418 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17419
17420 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17421 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17422 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17423 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17424 bindings.
17425
17426 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17427 use this command, and then save the file.
17428
17429 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17430
17431 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17432 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17433 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17434 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17435 each time the macro executes.
17436 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17437 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17438 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17439 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17440 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17441 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17442 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17443
17444 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17445
17446 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17447 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17448 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17449 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17450
17451 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17452 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17453 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17454 execute.
17455
17456 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17457 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17458
17459 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17460 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17461 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17462 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17463 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17464
17465 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17466 looked like this:
17467
17468 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17469 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17470 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17471
17472 You could enter the names in this format:
17473
17474 foo
17475 bar
17476 baz
17477
17478 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17479
17480 \\C-x (
17481 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17482 \\C-x )
17483
17484 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17485 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17486
17487 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17488 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17489
17490 ;;;***
17491 \f
17492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22197 58438
17493 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17495
17496 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17497 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17498 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17499 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17500 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17501 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17502
17503 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17504 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17505 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17506 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17507 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17508
17509 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17510 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17511 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17512 consing a string.)
17513
17514 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17515
17516 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17517 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17518
17519 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17520
17521 ;;;***
17522 \f
17523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22150 28228
17524 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17526
17527 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17528 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17529
17530 \(fn)" nil nil)
17531
17532 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17533
17534
17535 \(fn)" nil nil)
17536
17537 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17538 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17539
17540 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17541
17542 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17543 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17544 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17545 message.
17546
17547 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17548
17549 \(fn)" nil nil)
17550
17551 ;;;***
17552 \f
17553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22150 28228
17554 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17556
17557 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17558 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17559 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17560 often correct parser.")
17561
17562 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17563
17564 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17565 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17566 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17567 a value which excludes your own email address.
17568
17569 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17570 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17571
17572 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17573
17574 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17575 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17576
17577 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17578
17579 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17580 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17581 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17582 we return it unconverted.
17583
17584 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17585 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17586
17587 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17588
17589 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17590 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17591 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17592 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17593
17594 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17597 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17598 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17599 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17600
17601 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17602
17603 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17604 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17605 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17606 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17607 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17608 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17609 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17610 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17611 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17612 as Rmail does.
17613
17614 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17615
17616 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17617 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17618 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17619 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17620 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17621 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17622 matches may be returned from the message body.
17623
17624 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17625
17626 ;;;***
17627 \f
17628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22197 58438
17629 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17631
17632 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17633 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17634 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17635 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17636 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17637 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17638
17639 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17640
17641 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17642 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17644 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17645 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17646
17647 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17648 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17649 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17650 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17651
17652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17653
17654 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17655 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17656
17657 \(fn)" nil nil)
17658
17659 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17660 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17661 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17662
17663 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17664
17665 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17666 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17667 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17668
17669 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17670 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17671 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17672 double-quotes.
17673
17674 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17675
17676 ;;;***
17677 \f
17678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22189 64323
17679 ;;;;;; 268321 19000))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17681
17682 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17683 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17684 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17685 king@grassland.com
17686 If `parens', they look like:
17687 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17688 If `angles', they look like:
17689 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17690
17691 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17692
17693 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17694 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17695 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17696 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17697 their `Resent-' variants.
17698
17699 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17700 removed from alias expansions.
17701
17702 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17705 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17706 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17707
17708 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17709 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17710 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17711 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17712
17713 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17714
17715 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17716 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17717 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17718
17719 \(fn)" nil nil)
17720
17721 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17722 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17723 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17724 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17725
17726 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17727
17728 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17729
17730 ;;;***
17731 \f
17732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22182 4679
17733 ;;;;;; 423463 499000))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17735
17736 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17737 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17738 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17739 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17740
17741 \(fn)" nil nil)
17742
17743 ;;;***
17744 \f
17745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22221
17746 ;;;;;; 40772 751009 663000))
17747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17748
17749 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17750 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17751
17752 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17753 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17754 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17755 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17756 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17757 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17758
17759 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17760 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17761 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17762 dependency, despite the colon.
17763
17764 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17765
17766 In the browser, use the following keys:
17767
17768 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17769
17770 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17771
17772 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17773 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17774
17775 `makefile-target-colon':
17776 The string that gets appended to all target names
17777 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17778 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17779
17780 `makefile-macro-assign':
17781 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17782 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17783 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17784 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17785 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17786 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17787
17788 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17789 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17790 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17791
17792 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17793 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17794
17795 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17796 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17797 up or down in the browser.
17798
17799 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17800 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17801
17802 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17803 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17804
17805 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17806 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17807 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17808 has been selected in the browser.
17809
17810 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17811 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17812 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17813 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17814 filenames are omitted.
17815
17816 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17817 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17818 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17819 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17820 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17821 the backslash itself intact.
17822 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17823 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17824
17825 `makefile-browser-hook':
17826 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17827 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17828
17829 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17830 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17831 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17832 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17833
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17835
17836 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17837 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17838
17839 \(fn)" t nil)
17840
17841 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17842 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17843
17844 \(fn)" t nil)
17845
17846 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17847 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17848
17849 \(fn)" t nil)
17850
17851 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17852 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17853
17854 \(fn)" t nil)
17855
17856 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17857 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17858
17859 \(fn)" t nil)
17860
17861 ;;;***
17862 \f
17863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22150 28228 258072
17864 ;;;;;; 702000))
17865 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17866
17867 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17868 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17869 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17870
17871 \(fn)" t nil)
17872
17873 ;;;***
17874 \f
17875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22308 37947 138422 527000))
17876 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17877
17878 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17879
17880 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17881 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17882 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17883 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17884 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17885 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17886 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17887 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17888 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17889 without running the man command.
17890
17891 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17892 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17893 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17894
17895 cat(1)
17896 1 cat
17897
17898 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17899 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17900 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17901 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17902
17903 -a chmod
17904
17905 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17906 otherwise look like a page name.
17907
17908 /my/file/name.1.gz
17909 -l somefile.1
17910
17911 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17912 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17913 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17914
17915 -k pattern
17916
17917 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17918
17919 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17920 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17921
17922 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17923
17924 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17925 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17926
17927 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17928
17929 ;;;***
17930 \f
17931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22262 28597 583325
17932 ;;;;;; 308000))
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17934 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17935
17936 ;;;***
17937 \f
17938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17939 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17940 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17941
17942 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17943 Toggle Master mode.
17944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17947
17948 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17949 using the following commands:
17950
17951 \\{master-mode-map}
17952
17953 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17954 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17955 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17956
17957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17958
17959 ;;;***
17960 \f
17961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22150 28228 262072
17962 ;;;;;; 702000))
17963 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17964
17965 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17966 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17967 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17969 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17970 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17971
17972 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17973
17974 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17975 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17977 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17978 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17979
17980 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17981 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17982 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17983 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17984
17985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17986
17987 ;;;***
17988 \f
17989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17990 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17991 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17992
17993 ;;;***
17994 \f
17995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22201 55498 114885
17996 ;;;;;; 567000))
17997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17998
17999 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18000
18001 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18002 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18003 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18004 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18005 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18006 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18007 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18008 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18009 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18010 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18011 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18012 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18013 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18014 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18015 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18016 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18017 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18018 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18019 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18020 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18021 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18022 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18023 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18024 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18025 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18026 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18027 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18028 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18029 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18030 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18031 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18032 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18033 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18034 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18035 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18036 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18037 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18038 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18039
18040 \(fn)" t nil)
18041
18042 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18043 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18044 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18045 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18046 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18047
18048 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18051 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18052
18053 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18056 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18057
18058 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18061 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18062
18063 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18064
18065 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18066 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18067 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18068
18069 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18070
18071 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18072 Cancel an article you posted.
18073 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18074
18075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18076
18077 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18078 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18079 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18080 header line with the old Message-ID.
18081
18082 \(fn)" t nil)
18083
18084 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18085 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18086
18087 \(fn)" t nil)
18088
18089 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18090 Forward the current message via mail.
18091 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18092 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18093
18094 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18097
18098
18099 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18100
18101 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18102
18103
18104 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18105
18106 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18107 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18108
18109 \(fn)" t nil)
18110
18111 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18112 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18113
18114 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18115
18116 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18117 Re-mail the current message.
18118 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18119 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18120 you.
18121
18122 \(fn)" t nil)
18123
18124 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18125 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18126
18127 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18128
18129 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18130 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18131
18132 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18133
18134 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18135 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18136
18137 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18138
18139 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18140 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18141
18142 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18143
18144 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18145 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18146 Works by overstriking characters.
18147 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18148 which specify the range to operate on.
18149
18150 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18151
18152 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18153 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18154 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18155 which specify the range to operate on.
18156
18157 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18158
18159 ;;;***
18160 \f
18161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22150
18162 ;;;;;; 28228 870072 702000))
18163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18164 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18165
18166 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18167 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18168
18169 \(fn)" t nil)
18170
18171 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18172 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18173
18174 \(fn)" t nil)
18175
18176 ;;;***
18177 \f
18178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22150 28228
18179 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
18180 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18181
18182 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18183 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18184 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18185
18186 \(fn)" t nil)
18187
18188 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18189 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18190 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18191 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18192 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18193 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18194 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18195
18196 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18197
18198 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18199 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18200 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18201 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18202 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18203 means current).
18204 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18205 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18206
18207 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18208
18209 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18210 Process current region through `metamail'.
18211 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18212 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18213 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18214 means current).
18215 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18216 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18217
18218 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18219
18220 ;;;***
18221 \f
18222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22150 28228 294072
18223 ;;;;;; 702000))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18225
18226 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18227 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18228 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18229
18230 \(fn)" t nil)
18231
18232 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18233 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18234 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18235
18236 \(fn)" t nil)
18237
18238 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18239 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18240
18241 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18242 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18243 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18244
18245 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18246 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18247
18248 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18249 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18250
18251 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18252
18253 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18254
18255 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18256 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18257 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18258 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18259 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18260 as `compose-mail'.
18261
18262 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18263 initial Subject field, respectively.
18264
18265 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18266 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18267 are strings.
18268
18269 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18270 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18271
18272 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18273
18274 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18275 Save draft and send message.
18276
18277 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18278 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18279 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18280 Mail Delivery*\".
18281
18282 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18283 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18284 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18285
18286 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18287 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18288 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18289 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18290 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18291 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18292
18293 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18294 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18295
18296 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18297 message and scan line.
18298
18299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18300
18301 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18302 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18303
18304 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18305 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18306 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18307 delete the draft message.
18308
18309 \(fn)" t nil)
18310
18311 ;;;***
18312 \f
18313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22150 28228 298072 702000))
18314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18315 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18316
18317 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18318
18319 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18320
18321 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18322
18323 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18324 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18325
18326 \(fn)" t nil)
18327
18328 ;;;***
18329 \f
18330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22150 28228
18331 ;;;;;; 302072 702000))
18332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18333
18334 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18335 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18336 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18337
18338 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18339 the MH mail system.
18340
18341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18342
18343 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18344 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18345 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18346
18347 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18348 the MH mail system.
18349
18350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18351
18352 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18353 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18354
18355 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18356 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18357 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18358 separate command.
18359
18360 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18361 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18362 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18363 format.
18364
18365 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18366
18367 Ranges
18368 ======
18369 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18370 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18371 can be used in several ways.
18372
18373 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18374 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18375 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18376 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18377 page):
18378
18379 <num1>-<num2>
18380 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18381 The range must be nonempty.
18382
18383 <num>:N
18384 <num>:+N
18385 <num>:-N
18386 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18387 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18388 last.
18389
18390 first:N
18391 prev:N
18392 next:N
18393 last:N
18394 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18395
18396 all
18397 All of the messages.
18398
18399 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18400 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18401
18402 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18403 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18404 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18405
18406 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18407
18408 \(fn)" t nil)
18409
18410 ;;;***
18411 \f
18412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22265 4790 36806
18413 ;;;;;; 924000))
18414 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18415
18416 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18417 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18418 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18421 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18422
18423 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18424
18425 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18426 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18427
18428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18429
18430 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18431 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18432 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18433 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18434 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18435 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18436 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18437 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18438 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18439 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18440 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18441
18442 \(fn)" t nil)
18443
18444 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18445 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18446 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18447 to its second argument TM.
18448
18449 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18450
18451 ;;;***
18452 \f
18453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22150 28228
18454 ;;;;;; 322072 702000))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18456
18457 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18458 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18459 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18462 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18463
18464 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18465
18466 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18467 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18469 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18470 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18471
18472 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18473 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18474 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18475 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18476 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18477 is modified to remove the default indication.
18478
18479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18480
18481 ;;;***
18482 \f
18483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18485
18486 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18487 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18488 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18489 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18490 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18491 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18492 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18493 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18494 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18495
18496 \(fn)" t nil)
18497
18498 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18499 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18500 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18501 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18502 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18503 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18504 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18505 The return value is always nil.
18506
18507 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18508
18509 ;;;***
18510 \f
18511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22150 28228 326072
18512 ;;;;;; 702000))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18514 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18515
18516 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18517 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18518
18519 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18520 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18521 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18522 next occurrence.
18523
18524 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18525 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18526 end of the search space).
18527
18528 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18529 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18530 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18531 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18532 should return the previous buffer to search.
18533
18534 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18535 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18536 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18537
18538 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18539 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18540 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18541 Isearch starts.")
18542
18543 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18544 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18545 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18546
18547 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18548 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18549 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18550
18551 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18552 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18553
18554 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18555 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18556 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18557
18558 \(fn)" nil nil)
18559
18560 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18561 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18562 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18563 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18564 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18565 whose names match the specified regexp.
18566
18567 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18568
18569 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18570 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18571 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18572 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18573 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18574 whose names match the specified regexp.
18575
18576 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18577
18578 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18579 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18580 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18581 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18582 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18583 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18584 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18585
18586 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18589 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18590 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18591 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18592 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18593 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18594 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18595
18596 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18597
18598 ;;;***
18599 \f
18600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22150
18601 ;;;;;; 28228 874072 702000))
18602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18603 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18604
18605 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18606 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18607
18608 \(fn)" t nil)
18609
18610 ;;;***
18611 \f
18612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22150 28227
18613 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18615
18616 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18617 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18618
18619 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18620
18621 ;;;***
18622 \f
18623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22150 28227
18624 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18626
18627 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18628 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18629
18630 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18631
18632 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18633 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18634 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18635 the entire message.
18636 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18637
18638 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18639
18640 ;;;***
18641 \f
18642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22150 28227
18643 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18645
18646 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18647 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18648 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18649 the entire message.
18650 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18651
18652 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18653
18654 ;;;***
18655 \f
18656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22150 28227 978072
18657 ;;;;;; 702000))
18658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18659
18660 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18661 Insert file contents of URL.
18662 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18663
18664 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18665
18666 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18667 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18668
18669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18670
18671 ;;;***
18672 \f
18673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22150 28227 982072
18674 ;;;;;; 702000))
18675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18676
18677 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18678 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18679 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18680 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18681 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18682
18683 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18684
18685 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18686 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18687 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18688
18689 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18690
18691 ;;;***
18692 \f
18693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22150 28227 986072 702000))
18694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18695
18696 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18697 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18698
18699 \(fn)" nil nil)
18700
18701 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18702 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18703 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18704 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18705 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18706
18707 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18708 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18709 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18710 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18711 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18712 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18713
18714 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18715
18716 ;;;***
18717 \f
18718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22250 23504 507503
18719 ;;;;;; 448000))
18720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18721
18722 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18723
18724
18725 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18728
18729
18730 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18731
18732 ;;;***
18733 \f
18734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22250 23504 507503
18735 ;;;;;; 448000))
18736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18737
18738 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18739
18740
18741 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18742
18743 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18744
18745
18746 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18747
18748 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18749
18750
18751 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18752
18753 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18754
18755
18756 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18757
18758 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18759
18760
18761 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18762
18763 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18764
18765
18766 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18767
18768 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18769
18770
18771 \(fn)" nil nil)
18772
18773 ;;;***
18774 \f
18775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22276 61491
18776 ;;;;;; 202868 4000))
18777 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18778
18779 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18780
18781 ;;;***
18782 \f
18783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22086 11930
18784 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
18785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18786
18787 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18788
18789 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18790 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18791 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18792 followed by the first character of the construct.
18793 \\<m2-mode-map>
18794 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18795 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18796 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18797 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18798 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18799 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18800 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18801 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18802 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18803 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18804 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18805 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18806 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18807 \\[m2-link] link
18808
18809 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18810 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18811 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18812
18813 \(fn)" t nil)
18814
18815 ;;;***
18816 \f
18817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22150 28228 682072
18818 ;;;;;; 702000))
18819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18820
18821 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18822 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18823
18824 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18825
18826 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18827 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18828
18829 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18832 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18833
18834 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18837 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18838
18839 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18840
18841 ;;;***
18842 \f
18843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22150 28228 326072
18844 ;;;;;; 702000))
18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18846
18847 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18848 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18849
18850 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18851 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18852 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18853
18854 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18855 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18856 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18857
18858 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18859 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18860
18861 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18862 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18863 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18864 hemisphere you're in.)
18865
18866 To test this function, evaluate:
18867 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18868
18869 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18870
18871 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18872 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18873
18874 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18875 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18876
18877 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18878 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18879 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18880
18881 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18882 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18883
18884 To test this function, evaluate:
18885 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18886
18887 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18888
18889 ;;;***
18890 \f
18891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18892 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18893
18894 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18895 Main entry point for MPC.
18896
18897 \(fn)" t nil)
18898
18899 ;;;***
18900 \f
18901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18903
18904 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18905 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18906
18907 \(fn)" t nil)
18908
18909 ;;;***
18910 \f
18911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22150 28228 338072 702000))
18912 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18913
18914 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18915 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18916 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18919 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18920
18921 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18922
18923 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18924 Toggle Msb mode.
18925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18926 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18927 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18928
18929 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18930 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18931
18932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18933
18934 ;;;***
18935 \f
18936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22150
18937 ;;;;;; 28228 114072 702000))
18938 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18939
18940 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18941 Display a list of all character sets.
18942
18943 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18944 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18945 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18946 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18947 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18948
18949 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18950 but still shows the full information.
18951
18952 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18955 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18956 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18957
18958 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18959 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18960 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18961 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18962 meanings of these arguments.
18963
18964 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18965
18966 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18967 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18968
18969 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18972 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18973
18974 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18977 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18978
18979 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18982 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18983
18984 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18985 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18986 in place of `..':
18987 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18988 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18989 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18990 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18991 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18992 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18993 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18994 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18995 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18996 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18997 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18998 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18999 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19000 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19001 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19002 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19003
19004 \(fn)" t nil)
19005
19006 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19007 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19008
19009 \(fn)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19012 Display a list of all coding systems.
19013 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19014
19015 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19016 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19017
19018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19019
19020 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19021 Display a list of all coding categories.
19022
19023 \(fn)" nil nil)
19024
19025 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19026 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19027 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19028
19029 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19030
19031 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19032 Display information about FONTSET.
19033 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19034
19035 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19036
19037 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19038 Display a list of all fontsets.
19039 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19040 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19041 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19042
19043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19044
19045 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19046 Display information about all input methods.
19047
19048 \(fn)" t nil)
19049
19050 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19051 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19052
19053 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19054 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19055 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19056 system which uses fontsets).
19057
19058 \(fn)" t nil)
19059
19060 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19061 Show log of font listing and opening.
19062 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19063 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19064
19065 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19066
19067 ;;;***
19068 \f
19069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22165
19070 ;;;;;; 44248 411854 955000))
19071 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19072
19073 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19074 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19075
19076 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19077 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19078
19079 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19080 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19081
19082 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19083
19084 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19085 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19086 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19087 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19088 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19089 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19090 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19091
19092 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19093 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19094 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19095 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19096 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19097 middle of a character in STR.
19098
19099 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19100 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19101
19102 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19103 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19104 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19105 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19106 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19107
19108 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19109
19110 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19111 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19112
19113 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19114 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19115 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19116
19117 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19118 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19119 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19120
19121 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19122 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19123 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19124 are considered.
19125 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19126 longer than KEYSEQ.
19127 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19128
19129 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19130
19131 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19132 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19133 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19134 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19135 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19136 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19137 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19138 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19139 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19140 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19141 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19142
19143 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19144
19145 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19146 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19147
19148 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19149
19150 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19151 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19152
19153 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19154
19155 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19156 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19157
19158 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19159
19160 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19161 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19162
19163 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19164
19165 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19166 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19167 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19168 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19169 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19170
19171 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19172 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19173
19174 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19175 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19176 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19177 coding systems ordered by priority.
19178
19179 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19180
19181 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19182
19183 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19184 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19185 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19186 language environment LANG-ENV.
19187
19188 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19189
19190 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19191 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19192 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19193 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19194 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19195 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19196
19197 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19198
19199 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19200 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19201 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19202 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19203 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19204 QUALITY can be:
19205 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19206 excessive work.
19207 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19208 part of the file/buffer.
19209 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19210
19211 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19212
19213 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19214 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19215 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19216 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19217 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19218 QUALITY can be:
19219 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19220 excessive work.
19221 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19222 part of the file/buffer.
19223 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19224
19225 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19226
19227 ;;;***
19228 \f
19229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22150 28228
19230 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
19231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19232
19233 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19234 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19235
19236 \(fn)" t nil)
19237
19238 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19239 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19240
19241 \(fn)" t nil)
19242
19243 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19244 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19245
19246 \(fn)" t nil)
19247
19248 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19249 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19250
19251 \(fn)" t nil)
19252
19253 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19254 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19255
19256 \(fn)" t nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19259 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19260
19261 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19262
19263 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19264 Ping HOST.
19265 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19266 `ping-program-options'.
19267
19268 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19269
19270 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19271 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19272
19273 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19274
19275 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19276 Run nslookup program.
19277
19278 \(fn)" t nil)
19279
19280 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19281 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19282
19283 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19284
19285 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19286 Run dig program.
19287
19288 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19289
19290 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19291 Run ftp program.
19292
19293 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19294
19295 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19296 Finger USER on HOST.
19297
19298 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19299
19300 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19301 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19302 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19303 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19304
19305 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19306
19307 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19308
19309
19310 \(fn)" t nil)
19311
19312 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19313 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19314
19315 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19316
19317 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19318 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19319
19320 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19321
19322 ;;;***
19323 \f
19324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22150 28228 378072
19325 ;;;;;; 702000))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19327
19328 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19329 Return a user name/password pair.
19330 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19331 listed in the PORTS list.
19332
19333 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19334
19335 ;;;***
19336 \f
19337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22150
19338 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19340
19341 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19342 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19343 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19344 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19345 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19346 closes it.
19347
19348 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19349 make it unique.
19350 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19351 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19352 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19353 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19354 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19355 a port number to connect to.
19356
19357 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19358 values:
19359
19360 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19361 nil or `network'
19362 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19363 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19364 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19365 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19366 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19367 an unencrypted connection.
19368 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19369 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19370 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19371 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19372 returned object is a killed process.
19373 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19374 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19375 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19376
19377 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19378 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19379 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19380 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19381 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19382 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19383 or nil if none could be found.
19384 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19385 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19386
19387 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19388
19389 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19390 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19391 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19392
19393 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19394 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19395 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19396
19397 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19398 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19399 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19400
19401 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19402 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19403 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19404 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19405
19406 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19407 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19408
19409 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19410 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19411 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19412 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19413 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19414 or STARTTLS connections.
19415
19416 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19417 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19418
19419 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19420 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19421
19422 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19423 a greeting from the server.
19424
19425 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19426 asynchronously, if possible.
19427
19428 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19429
19430 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19431
19432 ;;;***
19433 \f
19434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22150
19435 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19436 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19437
19438 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19439 Check whether newsticker is running.
19440 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19441 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19442
19443 \(fn)" nil nil)
19444
19445 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19446 Start the newsticker.
19447 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19448 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19449 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19450 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19451
19452 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19453
19454 ;;;***
19455 \f
19456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19457 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 382072 702000))
19458 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19459
19460 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19461 Start newsticker plainview.
19462
19463 \(fn)" t nil)
19464
19465 ;;;***
19466 \f
19467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22165
19468 ;;;;;; 41682 87102 999000))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19470
19471 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19472 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19473
19474 \(fn)" t nil)
19475
19476 ;;;***
19477 \f
19478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22150
19479 ;;;;;; 28228 382072 702000))
19480 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19481
19482 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19483 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19484 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19485 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19486 empty.
19487
19488 \(fn)" nil nil)
19489
19490 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19491 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19492 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19493 running already.
19494
19495 \(fn)" t nil)
19496
19497 ;;;***
19498 \f
19499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22196
19500 ;;;;;; 37575 156683 383000))
19501 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19502
19503 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19504 Start newsticker treeview.
19505
19506 \(fn)" t nil)
19507
19508 ;;;***
19509 \f
19510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22150 28227 990072
19511 ;;;;;; 702000))
19512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19513
19514 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19515 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19516
19517 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19518
19519 ;;;***
19520 \f
19521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22150 28227 990072
19522 ;;;;;; 702000))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19524
19525 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19526 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19527 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19528 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19529 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19530 symbol in the alist.
19531
19532 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19533
19534 ;;;***
19535 \f
19536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22150 28227
19537 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
19538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19539
19540 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19541 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19542 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19543
19544 \(fn)" t nil)
19545
19546 ;;;***
19547 \f
19548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22150 28228 2072 702000))
19549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19550
19551 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19552 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19553
19554 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19555
19556 ;;;***
19557 \f
19558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22150 28228 446072 702000))
19559 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19560
19561 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19562
19563 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19564 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19565 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19566
19567 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19568
19569
19570 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19571
19572 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19573 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19574 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19575 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19576 to future sessions.
19577
19578 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19579
19580 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19581 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19582 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19583 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19584 future sessions.
19585
19586 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19587
19588 ;;;***
19589 \f
19590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22150
19591 ;;;;;; 28229 102072 702000))
19592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19593
19594 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19595 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19596 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19597 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19598 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19599 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19600
19601 \(fn)" t nil)
19602
19603 ;;;***
19604 \f
19605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22150 28228 386072 702000))
19606 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19607 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19608
19609 ;;;***
19610 \f
19611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22150 28228
19612 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19613 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19614
19615 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19616 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19617 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19618 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19619
19620 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19621
19622 ;;;***
19623 \f
19624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22150 28228
19625 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19626 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19627
19628 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19629 Major mode for editing XML.
19630
19631 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19632 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19633 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19634 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19635 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19636 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19637 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19638
19639 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19640
19641 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19642 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19643
19644 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19645 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19646 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19647 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19648 instead of C-c.
19649
19650 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19651 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19652 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19653 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19654 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19655 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19656
19657 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19658 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19659 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19660
19661 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19662 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19663 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19664
19665 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19666 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19667 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19668 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19669 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19670 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19671 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19672 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19673 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19674
19675 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19676
19677 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19678 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19679
19680 \(fn)" t nil)
19681 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19682
19683 ;;;***
19684 \f
19685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22150 28228
19686 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
19687 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19688
19689 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19690 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19691 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19692 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19693
19694 \(fn)" t nil)
19695
19696 ;;;***
19697 \f
19698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22197 58438
19699 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
19700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19701
19702 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19703 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19704
19705 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19706 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19707 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19708 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19709
19710 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19711
19712 Key bindings:
19713 \\{octave-mode-map}
19714
19715 \(fn)" t nil)
19716
19717 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19718 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19719 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19720
19721 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19722
19723 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19724 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19725
19726 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19727 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19728 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19729
19730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19731
19732 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19733
19734 ;;;***
19735 \f
19736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22156 23699
19737 ;;;;;; 542755 538000))
19738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19739
19740 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19741
19742 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19743 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19744 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19745 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19746 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19747
19748 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19749
19750 Customization:
19751
19752 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19753 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19754 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19755 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19756 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19757 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19758 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19759 Directories to search when finding external units.
19760 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19761 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19762
19763 Coloring:
19764
19765 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19766 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19767
19768 \(fn)" t nil)
19769
19770 ;;;***
19771 \f
19772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22309 58853 550986 699000))
19773 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19774
19775 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19776 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19777
19778 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19779
19780 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19781 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19782 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19783 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19784 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19785 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19786
19787 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19788
19789 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19790 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19791 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19792 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19793 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19794
19795 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19796
19797 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19798 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19799
19800 \(fn)" nil nil)
19801
19802 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19803 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19804
19805 \(fn)" nil nil)
19806
19807 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19808 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19809 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19810
19811 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19812 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19813 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19814 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19815 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19816 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19817 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19818 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19819 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19820 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19821
19822 The following commands are available:
19823
19824 \\{org-mode-map}
19825
19826 \(fn)" t nil)
19827
19828 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19829 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19830
19831 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19832 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19833 in special contexts.
19834
19835 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19836 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19837 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19838 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19839 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19840 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19841 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19842 properties in the buffer.
19843 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19844 including any drawers.
19845
19846 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19847
19848 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19849 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19850 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19851 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19852 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19853 and zoom in further.
19854 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19855 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19856
19857 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19858 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19859 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19860 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19861 times right after creating a new headline.
19862
19863 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19864 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19865 is negative, go up that many levels.
19866
19867 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19868 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19869 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19870
19871 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19872 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19873 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19874 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19875
19876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19877
19878 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19879 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19880 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19881 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19882
19883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19884 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19885
19886 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19887 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19888 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19889 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19890 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19891 defined by Org-mode).
19892
19893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19894
19895 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19896 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19897
19898 \(fn)" nil nil)
19899
19900 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19901 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19902
19903 \(fn)" nil nil)
19904
19905 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19906 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19907 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19908 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19909 call CMD.
19910
19911 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19912
19913 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19914 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19915 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19916 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19917
19918 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19919 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19920 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19921
19922 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19923 part of Org's core.
19924
19925 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19926 active region.
19927
19928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19929
19930 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19931 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19932 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19933
19934 \(fn)" t nil)
19935
19936 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19937 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19938 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19939 Org-mode syntax.
19940
19941 \(fn)" t nil)
19942
19943 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19944 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19945
19946 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19947
19948 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19949 Switch between Org buffers.
19950 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19951 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19952
19953 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19954 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19955
19956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19957
19958 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19959
19960 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19961
19962 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19963 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19964 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19965 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19966
19967 \(fn)" t nil)
19968
19969 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19970 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19971
19972 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19973
19974 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19975 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19976 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19977
19978 \(fn)" t nil)
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19981 Reload all org lisp files.
19982 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19983
19984 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19987 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19988
19989 \(fn)" t nil)
19990
19991 ;;;***
19992 \f
19993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22150 28228
19994 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19996
19997 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19998 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19999
20000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20001
20002 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20003 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20004 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20005 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20006
20007 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20008 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20009 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20010 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20011 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20012 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20013 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20014 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20015 e Export views to associated files.
20016 s Search entries for keywords.
20017 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20018 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20019 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20020 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20021 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20022 > Remove a previous restriction.
20023 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20024 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20025 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20026
20027 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20028 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20029 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20030
20031 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20032 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20033 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20034 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20035 \(if active).
20036
20037 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20038
20039 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20040 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20041 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20042 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20043 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20044 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20045 before running the agenda command.
20046
20047 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20048
20049 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20050 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20051 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20052 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20053 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20054 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20055 before running the agenda command.
20056
20057 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20058 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20059
20060 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20061
20062 category The category of the item
20063 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20064 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20065 todo selected in TODO match
20066 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20067 diary imported from diary
20068 deadline a deadline on given date
20069 scheduled scheduled on given date
20070 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20071 closed entry was closed on given date
20072 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20073 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20074 block entry has date block including g. date
20075 todo The todo keyword, if any
20076 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20077 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20078 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20079 extra Sting with extra planning info
20080 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20081 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20082 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20083
20084 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20085
20086 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20087 Store agenda views.
20088
20089 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20090
20091 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20092 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20093
20094 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20095
20096 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20097 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20098 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20099 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20100
20101 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20102 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20103 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20104
20105 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20106 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20107
20108 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20109 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20110
20111 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20112
20113 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20114 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20115
20116 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20117 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20118 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20119 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20120 EDIT-AT.
20121
20122 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20123 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20124 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20125 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20126 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20127 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20128
20129 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20130 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20131 including newlines.
20132
20133 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20134 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20135 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20136 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20137 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20138 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20139 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20140
20141 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20142 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20143 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20144 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20145
20146 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20147 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20148 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20149 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20150 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20151 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20152 Boolean search must match as full words.
20153
20154 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20155 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20156
20157 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20158
20159 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20160 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20161 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20162 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20163 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20164 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20165
20166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20169 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20170 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20171
20172 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20173
20174 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20175 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20176 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20177 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20178 `org-stuck-projects'.
20179
20180 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20181
20182 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20183 Return diary information from org files.
20184 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20185 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20186 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20187 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20188 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20189
20190 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20191
20192 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20193
20194 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20195 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20196
20197 &%%(org-diary)
20198
20199 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20200 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20201 So the example above may also be written as
20202
20203 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20204
20205 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20206 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20207 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20208
20209 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20210
20211 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20212 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20213
20214 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20215
20216 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20217 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20218 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20219 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20220 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20221
20222 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20225 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20226 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20227
20228 \(fn)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20231 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20232 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20233 appointments.
20234
20235 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20236 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20237
20238 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20239 for filtering entries out.
20240
20241 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20242 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20243 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20244
20245 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20246 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20247
20248 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20249 (category \"Work\"))
20250
20251 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20252 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20253
20254 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20255 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20256 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20257 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20258 details and examples.
20259
20260 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20261 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20262
20263 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20264
20265 ;;;***
20266 \f
20267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22150 28228
20268 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20269 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20270
20271 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20272 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20273
20274 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20275
20276 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20277 Capture something.
20278 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20279 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20280 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20281 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20282 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20283 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20284
20285 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20286 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20287 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20288 stored.
20289
20290 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20291
20292 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20293 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20294 will be bypassed.
20295
20296 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20297 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20298 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20299 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20300
20301 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20302
20303 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20304 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20305
20306 \(fn)" t nil)
20307
20308 ;;;***
20309 \f
20310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22150 28228
20311 ;;;;;; 582072 702000))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20313
20314 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20315 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20316
20317 \(fn)" t nil)
20318
20319 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20320
20321
20322 \(fn)" nil nil)
20323
20324 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20325 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20326 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20327
20328 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20329
20330 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20331 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20332
20333 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20334
20335 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20336 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20337
20338 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20339
20340 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20341 Write the column view table.
20342 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20343
20344 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20345 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20346 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20347 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20348 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20349 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20350 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20351 using `org-id-find'.
20352 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20353 a hline before each level <= that number.
20354 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20355 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20356 :skip-empty-rows
20357 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20358 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20359
20360 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20361
20362 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20363 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20364
20365 \(fn)" t nil)
20366
20367 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20368 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20369
20370 \(fn)" t nil)
20371
20372 ;;;***
20373 \f
20374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22192 2874
20375 ;;;;;; 471382 391000))
20376 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20377
20378 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20379 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20380
20381 \(fn)" nil t)
20382
20383 ;;;***
20384 \f
20385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22150 28228 602072
20386 ;;;;;; 702000))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20388
20389 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20390 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20391
20392 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20393
20394 ;;;***
20395 \f
20396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22086 11930
20397 ;;;;;; 98062 731000))
20398 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20399
20400 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20401 The release version of org-mode.
20402 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20403
20404 \(fn)" nil nil)
20405
20406 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20407 The Git version of org-mode.
20408 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20409
20410 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411
20412 ;;;***
20413 \f
20414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22150 28228 666072
20415 ;;;;;; 702000))
20416 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20417 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20418 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20419
20420 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20421 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20422 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20423 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20424
20425 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20426 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20427 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20428 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20429
20430 \\{outline-mode-map}
20431 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20432 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20433 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20434 are used when point is on a heading line.
20435
20436 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20437 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20438 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20439
20440 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20441 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20442
20443 \(fn)" t nil)
20444
20445 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20446 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20448 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20449 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20450
20451 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20452
20453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20454 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20455
20456 ;;;***
20457 \f
20458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22278 49710
20459 ;;;;;; 59090 835000))
20460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20461 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20462
20463 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20464 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20465 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20466 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20467 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20468
20469 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20470 activate the package system at any time.")
20471
20472 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20473
20474 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20475 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20476 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20477 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20478 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20479 it to the file.
20480 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20481 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20482 loading packages twice.
20483
20484 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20485
20486 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20487 Import keys from FILE.
20488
20489 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20490
20491 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20492 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20493 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20494 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20495 and make them available for download.
20496 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20497 downloads in the background.
20498
20499 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20500
20501 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20502 Install the package PKG.
20503 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20504 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20505
20506 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20507 `package-selected-packages'.
20508
20509 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20510 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20511
20512 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20513
20514 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20515 Install a package from the current buffer.
20516 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20517 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20518 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20519
20520 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20521 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20522 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20523
20524 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20525
20526 \(fn)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20529 Install a package from a file.
20530 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20531 directory.
20532
20533 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20534
20535 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20536 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20537 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20538
20539 \(fn)" t nil)
20540
20541 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20542 Reinstall package PKG.
20543 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20544 object.
20545
20546 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20547
20548 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20549 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20550
20551 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20552 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20553 will be deleted.
20554
20555 \(fn)" t nil)
20556
20557 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20558 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20559
20560 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20561
20562 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20563 Display a list of packages.
20564 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20565 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20566 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20567
20568 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20569
20570 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20571
20572 ;;;***
20573 \f
20574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22150 28228 666072 702000))
20575 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20576
20577 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20578 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20579 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20582 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20583
20584 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20587 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20590 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20591
20592 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20593 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20594 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20595
20596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20597
20598 ;;;***
20599 \f
20600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22226
20601 ;;;;;; 58701 641313 948000))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20603 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20604
20605 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20606 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20607 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20608 unknown are returned as nil.
20609
20610 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20611
20612 ;;;***
20613 \f
20614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22197 58438
20615 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
20616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20617
20618 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20619 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20620 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20621
20622 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20623 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20624
20625 Other useful functions are:
20626
20627 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20628 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20629 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20630 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20631 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20632 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20633 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20634 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20635 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20636
20637 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20638
20639 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20640 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20641 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20642 Indentation for case statements.
20643 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20644 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20645 mark after an end.
20646 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20647 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20648 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20649 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20650 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20651 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20652 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20653 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20654 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20655 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20656
20657 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20658 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20659
20660 \(fn)" t nil)
20661
20662 ;;;***
20663 \f
20664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22150
20665 ;;;;;; 28228 666072 702000))
20666 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20667
20668 (defvar password-cache t "\
20669 Whether to cache passwords.")
20670
20671 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20672
20673 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20674 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20675 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20676
20677 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20678
20679 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20680 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20681
20682 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20683
20684 ;;;***
20685 \f
20686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22195 16710
20687 ;;;;;; 371344 967000))
20688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20689
20690 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20691 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20692 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20693
20694 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20695 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20696 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20697 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20698
20699 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20700 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20701 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20702
20703 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20704 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20705 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20706 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20707 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20708 quoted.)
20709
20710 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20711 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20712 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20713 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20714
20715 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20716
20717 _ matches anything.
20718 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20719 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20720 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20721 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20722 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20723 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20724 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20725 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20726 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20727 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20728 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20729 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20730
20731 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20732
20733 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20734 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20735 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20736 which is the value being matched.
20737 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20738 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20739
20740 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20741 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20742
20743 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20744
20745 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20746
20747 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20748 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20749
20750 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20751
20752 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20753
20754 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20755 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20756 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20757 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20758 variable name being but a special case of it).
20759
20760 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20761
20762 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20763
20764 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20765
20766 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20767 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20768 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20769 of the form (PAT EXP).
20770
20771 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20772
20773 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20774
20775 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20776 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20777 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20778 of the form (PAT EXP).
20779 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20780 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20781 any kind of error.
20782
20783 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20784
20785 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20786
20787 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20788
20789
20790 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20791
20792 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20793
20794 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20795 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20796 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20797 to this macro.
20798
20799 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20800
20801 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20802
20803 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20804
20805 ;;;***
20806 \f
20807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22150 28228 666072
20808 ;;;;;; 702000))
20809 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20810
20811 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20812 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20813
20814 \(fn)" nil nil)
20815
20816 ;;;***
20817 \f
20818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22150 28228 666072
20819 ;;;;;; 702000))
20820 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20821
20822 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20823 Completion for `gzip'.
20824
20825 \(fn)" nil nil)
20826
20827 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20828 Completion for `bzip2'.
20829
20830 \(fn)" nil nil)
20831
20832 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20833 Completion for GNU `make'.
20834
20835 \(fn)" nil nil)
20836
20837 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20838 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20839
20840 \(fn)" nil nil)
20841
20842 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20843
20844 ;;;***
20845 \f
20846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22150 28228
20847 ;;;;;; 670072 702000))
20848 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20849
20850 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20851 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20852
20853 \(fn)" nil nil)
20854
20855 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20856 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20857
20858 \(fn)" nil nil)
20859
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20861 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20862
20863 \(fn)" nil nil)
20864
20865 ;;;***
20866 \f
20867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22150 28228 670072
20868 ;;;;;; 702000))
20869 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20870
20871 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20872 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20873
20874 \(fn)" nil nil)
20875
20876 ;;;***
20877 \f
20878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22150 28228 670072
20879 ;;;;;; 702000))
20880 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20881
20882 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20883 Completion for `cd'.
20884
20885 \(fn)" nil nil)
20886
20887 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20888
20889 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20890 Completion for `rmdir'.
20891
20892 \(fn)" nil nil)
20893
20894 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20895 Completion for `rm'.
20896
20897 \(fn)" nil nil)
20898
20899 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20900 Completion for `xargs'.
20901
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20905
20906 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20907 Completion for `which'.
20908
20909 \(fn)" nil nil)
20910
20911 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20912 Completion for the `chown' command.
20913
20914 \(fn)" nil nil)
20915
20916 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20917 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20918
20919 \(fn)" nil nil)
20920
20921 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20922 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20923
20924 \(fn)" nil nil)
20925
20926 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20927 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20928 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20929
20930 \(fn)" nil nil)
20931
20932 ;;;***
20933 \f
20934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22150 28228 670072
20935 ;;;;;; 702000))
20936 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20937
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20939 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20940
20941 \(fn)" nil nil)
20942
20943 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20944 Completion for the `ack' command.
20945 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20946 long options.
20947
20948 \(fn)" nil nil)
20949
20950 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20951
20952 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20953 Completion for the `ag' command.
20954
20955 \(fn)" nil nil)
20956
20957 ;;;***
20958 \f
20959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22150 28228 674072
20960 ;;;;;; 702000))
20961 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20962
20963 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20964 Support extensible programmable completion.
20965 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20966 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20967
20968 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20969
20970 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20971 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20972
20973 \(fn)" t nil)
20974
20975 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20976 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20977 This will modify the current buffer.
20978
20979 \(fn)" t nil)
20980
20981 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20982 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20983
20984 \(fn)" t nil)
20985
20986 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20987 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20988 This will modify the current buffer.
20989
20990 \(fn)" t nil)
20991
20992 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20993 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20994
20995 \(fn)" t nil)
20996
20997 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20998 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20999
21000 \(fn)" t nil)
21001
21002 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21003 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21004 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21005 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21006 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21007
21008 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21011 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21012
21013 \(fn)" nil nil)
21014
21015 ;;;***
21016 \f
21017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22182 4679 527463 499000))
21018 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21019
21020 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21021 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21022 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21023 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21024
21025 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21026
21027 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21030 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21031 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21032 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21033 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21034 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21035 FLAGS is ignored.
21036
21037 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21038
21039 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21040 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21041 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21042 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21043 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21044 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21045 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21046 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21047
21048 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21051 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21052 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21053 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21054 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21055 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21056 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21057 passed to cvs.
21058
21059 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21060
21061 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21062 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21063 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21064 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21065 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21066 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21067 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21068
21069 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21070
21071 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21072 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21073 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21074
21075 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21076
21077 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21078 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21079 A value of nil means never do it.
21080 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21081 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21082 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21083
21084 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21085
21086 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21087 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21088 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21089
21090 ;;;***
21091 \f
21092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22150 28229
21093 ;;;;;; 278072 702000))
21094 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21095
21096 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21097 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21098
21099 ;;;***
21100 \f
21101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22197
21102 ;;;;;; 58438 503460 447000))
21103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21104 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21105 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21106 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21107 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21108 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21109 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21110
21111 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21112 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21113 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21114 Tab indents for Perl code.
21115 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21116 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21117 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21118 \\{perl-mode-map}
21119 Variables controlling indentation style:
21120 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21121 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21122 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21123 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21124 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21125 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21126 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21127 `perl-nochange'
21128 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21129 `perl-indent-level'
21130 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21131 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21132 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21133 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21134 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21135 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21136 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21137 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21138 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21139 `perl-brace-offset'
21140 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21141 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21142 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21143 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21144 `perl-label-offset'
21145 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21146 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21147 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21148
21149 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21150 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21151 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21152 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21153 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21154 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21155 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21156
21157 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21158
21159 \(fn)" t nil)
21160
21161 ;;;***
21162 \f
21163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22168 58180
21164 ;;;;;; 311008 971000))
21165 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21166
21167 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21168 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21169 \\<picture-mode-map>
21170 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21171 afterwards settable by these commands:
21172
21173 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21174 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21175 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21176 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21177
21178 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21179 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21180 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21181 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21182
21183 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21184 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21185 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21186 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21187
21188 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21189 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21190 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21191 with these commands:
21192
21193 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21194 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21195 Move to column following last
21196 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21197 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21198 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21199 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21200 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21201 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21202
21203 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21204
21205 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21206 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21207 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21208 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21209 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21210 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21211
21212 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21213 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21214 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21215 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21216 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21217 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21218 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21219
21220 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21221 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21222 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21223 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21224 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21225 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21226 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21227 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21228
21229 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21230 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21231 by supplying an argument.
21232
21233 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21234
21235 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21236 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21237
21238 \(fn)" t nil)
21239
21240 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21241
21242 ;;;***
21243 \f
21244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22218 64587 997919
21245 ;;;;;; 743000))
21246 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21247 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21248
21249 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21250 Start a Pinentry service.
21251
21252 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21253 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21254
21255 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21256 will not be shown.
21257
21258 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21259
21260 ;;;***
21261 \f
21262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22150 28228 10072
21263 ;;;;;; 702000))
21264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21265
21266 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21267 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21268
21269 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21270
21271 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21272 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21273
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21275
21276 ;;;***
21277 \f
21278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22150 28229 106072
21279 ;;;;;; 702000))
21280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21281
21282 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21283 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21284 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21285
21286 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21287
21288 ;;;***
21289 \f
21290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
21291 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21292
21293 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21294 Play pong and waste time.
21295 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21296 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21297
21298 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21299
21300 \\{pong-mode-map}
21301
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21303
21304 ;;;***
21305 \f
21306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
21307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21308
21309 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21310 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21311 Use streaming commands.
21312
21313 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21314
21315 ;;;***
21316 \f
21317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22150 28227 454072
21318 ;;;;;; 702000))
21319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21320
21321 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21322 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21323 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21324 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21325
21326 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21327
21328 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21329 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21330
21331 \(fn)" nil nil)
21332
21333 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21334 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21335 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21336 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21337 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21338
21339 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21342 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21343 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21344
21345 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21346
21347 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21348 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21349
21350 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21353 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21354 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21355 Ignores leading comment characters.
21356
21357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21360 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21361 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21362 Ignores leading comment characters.
21363
21364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21365
21366 ;;;***
21367 \f
21368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22150 28228 698072
21369 ;;;;;; 702000))
21370 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21371 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21372
21373 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21374 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21375
21376 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21377
21378 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21379
21380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21383 Preview directory using ghostview.
21384
21385 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21386 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21387 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21388 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21389
21390 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21391 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21392 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21393 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21394 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21395 file name.
21396
21397 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21398
21399 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21402 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21403
21404 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21405 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21406 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21407 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21408
21409 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21410 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21411 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21412 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21413 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21414 file name.
21415
21416 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21417
21418 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21419
21420 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21421 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21422
21423 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21424 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21425 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21426 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21427
21428 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21429 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21430 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21431 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21432 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21433 file name.
21434
21435 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21436
21437 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21438
21439 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21440 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21441
21442 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21443
21444 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21445 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21446 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21447 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21448
21449 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21450 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21451 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21452 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21453 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21454 file name.
21455
21456 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21457
21458 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21459
21460 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21461 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21462
21463 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21464 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21465 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21466
21467 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21468 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21469 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21470 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21471
21472 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21473
21474 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21475 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21476
21477 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21478 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21479 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21480
21481 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21482 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21483 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21484 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21485
21486 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21487
21488 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21489 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21490
21491 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21492 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21493 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21494
21495 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21496 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21497 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21498 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21499
21500 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21501
21502 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21503 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21504
21505 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21506
21507 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21508 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21509 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21510
21511 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21512 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21513 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21514 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21515
21516 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21517
21518 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21519 Preview region using ghostview.
21520
21521 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21522
21523 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21526 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21527
21528 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21529
21530 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21531
21532 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21533 Print region using PostScript printer.
21534
21535 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21536
21537 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21538
21539 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21540 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21541
21542 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21543
21544 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21545
21546 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21547 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21548
21549 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21550
21551 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21552
21553 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21554 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21555
21556 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21557
21558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21561 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21562
21563 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21564
21565 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21566
21567 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21568 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21569
21570 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21571
21572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21573
21574 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21575 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21576 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21577 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21578
21579 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21580 matching.
21581
21582 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21583 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21584
21585 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21586
21587 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21588
21589 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21590 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21591 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21592 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21593
21594 \(fn)" t nil)
21595
21596 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21597 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21598 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21599 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21600
21601 \(fn)" t nil)
21602
21603 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21604 Print directory using text printer.
21605
21606 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21607 matching.
21608
21609 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21610 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21611
21612 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21613
21614 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21615
21616 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21617 Print buffer using text printer.
21618
21619 \(fn)" t nil)
21620
21621 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21622 Print region using text printer.
21623
21624 \(fn)" t nil)
21625
21626 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21627 Print major mode using text printer.
21628
21629 \(fn)" t nil)
21630
21631 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21632 Preview spooled PostScript.
21633
21634 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21635 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21636 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21637
21638 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21639 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21640 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21641
21642 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21643
21644 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21645 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21646
21647 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21648 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21649 instead of sending it to the printer.
21650
21651 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21652 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21653 image in a file with that name.
21654
21655 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21656
21657 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21658 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21659
21660 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21661 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21662 instead of sending it to the printer.
21663
21664 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21665 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21666 image in a file with that name.
21667
21668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21669
21670 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21671 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21672
21673 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21674 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21675 instead of sending it to the printer.
21676
21677 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21678 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21679 image in a file with that name.
21680
21681 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21682
21683 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21684 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21685
21686 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21687
21688 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21689 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21690
21691 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21692
21693 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21694 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21695
21696 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21697
21698 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21699 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21700
21701 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21704 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21705
21706 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21707
21708 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21709 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21710
21711 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21712 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21713 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21714 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21715
21716 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21717 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21718 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21719 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21720 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21721 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21722 file name.
21723
21724 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21727 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21728
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21730
21731 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21732 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21733
21734 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21735 right.
21736 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21737 bottom.
21738
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21742 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21743
21744 \(fn)" t nil)
21745
21746 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21747 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21748
21749 \(fn)" t nil)
21750
21751 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21752 Toggle printing with faces.
21753
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21755
21756 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21757 Toggle spooling.
21758
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21760
21761 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21762 Toggle duplex.
21763
21764 \(fn)" t nil)
21765
21766 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21767 Toggle tumble.
21768
21769 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21770 right.
21771 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21772 bottom.
21773
21774 \(fn)" t nil)
21775
21776 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21777 Toggle landscape.
21778
21779 \(fn)" t nil)
21780
21781 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21782 Toggle upside-down.
21783
21784 \(fn)" t nil)
21785
21786 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21787 Toggle line number.
21788
21789 \(fn)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21792 Toggle zebra stripes.
21793
21794 \(fn)" t nil)
21795
21796 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21797 Toggle printing header.
21798
21799 \(fn)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21802 Toggle printing header frame.
21803
21804 \(fn)" t nil)
21805
21806 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21807 Toggle menu lock.
21808
21809 \(fn)" t nil)
21810
21811 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21812 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21813
21814 \(fn)" t nil)
21815
21816 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21817 Toggle auto mode.
21818
21819 \(fn)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21822 Customization of the `printing' group.
21823
21824 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21825
21826 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21827 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21828
21829 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21830
21831 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21832 Help for the printing package.
21833
21834 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21835
21836 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21837 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21838
21839 \(fn)" t nil)
21840
21841 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21842 Interactively select a text printer.
21843
21844 \(fn)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21847 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21848
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21852 Show current ps-print settings.
21853
21854 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21855
21856 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21857 Show current printing settings.
21858
21859 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21862 Show current lpr settings.
21863
21864 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21867 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21868
21869 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21870 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21871 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21872 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21873
21874
21875 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21876
21877 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21878 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21879 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21880
21881 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21882 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21883 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21884 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21885 current active printer.
21886
21887 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21888 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21889 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21890 printer.
21891
21892 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21893 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21894 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21895 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21896 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21897
21898
21899 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21900 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21901
21902 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21903
21904 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21905 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21906 be done using the new current active printer.
21907
21908 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21909 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21910 printer.
21911
21912 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21913 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21914 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21915 instead of sending it to the printer.
21916
21917 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21918 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21919 printer.
21920
21921 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21922
21923
21924 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21925 are both set to t.
21926
21927 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21928
21929 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21930 Fast fire function for text printing.
21931
21932 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21933 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21934 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21935 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21936
21937 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21938 user for a new active text printer.
21939
21940 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21941
21942 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21943
21944 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21945 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21946 printer.
21947
21948 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21949
21950 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21951 are both set to t.
21952
21953 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21954
21955 ;;;***
21956 \f
21957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22150 28228 702072 702000))
21958 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21959
21960 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21961 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21962 \\<proced-mode-map>
21963 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21964 the process information.
21965
21966 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21967
21968 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21969 Proced buffers.
21970
21971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21972
21973 ;;;***
21974 \f
21975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22150 28228 702072
21976 ;;;;;; 702000))
21977 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21978
21979 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21980 Start/restart profilers.
21981 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21982 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21983 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21984
21985 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21986
21987 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21988 Open profile FILENAME.
21989
21990 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21991
21992 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21993 Open profile FILENAME.
21994
21995 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21996
21997 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21998 Open profile FILENAME.
21999
22000 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22001
22002 ;;;***
22003 \f
22004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22296 46772
22005 ;;;;;; 488104 103000))
22006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22007
22008 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22009 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22010 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22011 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22012 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22013 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22014
22015 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22016
22017 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22018 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22019 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22020 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22021
22022 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22023
22024 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22025 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22027 pattern to search for.
22028
22029 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22030
22031 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22032 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22033 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22034 recognized.
22035
22036 \(fn)" t nil)
22037
22038 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22039 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22040 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22041 recognized.
22042
22043 \(fn)" t nil)
22044
22045 ;;;***
22046 \f
22047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22283 34751
22048 ;;;;;; 181333 844000))
22049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22050
22051 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22052 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22053
22054 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22055 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22056
22057 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22058
22059 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22060 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22061
22062 Commands:
22063 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22064
22065 \(fn)" t nil)
22066
22067 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22068 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22069 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22070
22071 \(fn)" t nil)
22072
22073 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22074 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22075 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22076
22077 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22078
22079 ;;;***
22080 \f
22081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22150 28228 986072 702000))
22082 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22083
22084 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22085 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22086 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22087
22088 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22089
22090 ;;;***
22091 \f
22092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22197 58438
22093 ;;;;;; 507460 447000))
22094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22095 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22096
22097 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22098 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22099
22100 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22101
22102 The following variables hold user options, and can
22103 be set through the `customize' command:
22104
22105 `ps-mode-tab'
22106 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22107 `ps-mode-print-function'
22108 `ps-run-prompt'
22109 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22110 `ps-run-x'
22111 `ps-run-dumb'
22112 `ps-run-init'
22113 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22114 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22115
22116 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22117
22118
22119 \\{ps-mode-map}
22120
22121
22122 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22123 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22124 The keymap for this second window is:
22125
22126 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22127
22128
22129 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22130 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22131 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22132 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22133 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22134
22135 \(fn)" t nil)
22136
22137 ;;;***
22138 \f
22139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22220 19926 440329
22140 ;;;;;; 271000))
22141 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22142 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22143
22144 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22145 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22146 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22147
22148 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22149
22150 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22151 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22152 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22153 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22154
22155 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22156
22157 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22158 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22159
22160 Valid values are:
22161
22162 nil Do not print colors.
22163
22164 t Print colors.
22165
22166 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22167 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22168
22169 Any other value is treated as t.")
22170
22171 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22172
22173 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22174 Customization of ps-print group.
22175
22176 \(fn)" t nil)
22177
22178 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22179 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22180
22181 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22182 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22183 sending it to the printer.
22184
22185 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22186 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22187 image in a file with that name.
22188
22189 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22190
22191 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22192 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22193 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22194 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22195 so it has a way to determine color values.
22196
22197 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22198
22199 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22200 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22201 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22202
22203 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22204
22205 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22206 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22207 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22208 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22209 so it has a way to determine color values.
22210
22211 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22212
22213 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22214 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22215 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22216 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22217
22218 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22219
22220 \(fn)" t nil)
22221
22222 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22223 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22224 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22225 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22226 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22227
22228 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22229
22230 \(fn)" t nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22233 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22234 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22235
22236 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22237
22238 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22239
22240 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22241 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22242 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22243 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22244 so it has a way to determine color values.
22245
22246 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22247
22248 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22251 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22252
22253 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22254 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22255 instead of sending it to the printer.
22256
22257 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22258 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22259 image in a file with that name.
22260
22261 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22262
22263 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22264 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22265 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22266 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22267 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22268
22269 \(fn)" t nil)
22270
22271 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22272 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22273 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22274
22275 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22276
22277 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22278 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22279 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22280
22281 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22282
22283 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22284 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22285
22286 \(fn)" nil nil)
22287
22288 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22289 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22290
22291 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22292 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22293
22294 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22295 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22296
22297 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22298
22299 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22300
22301 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22302
22303 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22304 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22305
22306 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22307 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22308
22309 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22310 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22311
22312 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22313
22314 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22315
22316 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22317
22318 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22319 foreground and background colors respectively.
22320
22321 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22322 bold - use bold font.
22323 italic - use italic font.
22324 underline - put a line under text.
22325 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22326 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22327 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22328 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22329 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22330
22331 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22332
22333 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22334
22335 ;;;***
22336 \f
22337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22150 28227 222072
22338 ;;;;;; 702000))
22339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22340 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22341
22342 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22343 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22344 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22345
22346 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22347
22348 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22349 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22350 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22351
22352 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22353
22354 ;;;***
22355 \f
22356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22304 40885
22357 ;;;;;; 57243 884000))
22358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22359 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22360
22361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22362
22363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22364
22365 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22366 Run an inferior Python process.
22367
22368 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22369 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22370 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22371 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22372 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22373
22374 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22375 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22376 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22377 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22378
22379 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22380 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22381 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22382
22383 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22384
22385 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22386 Major mode for editing Python files.
22387
22388 \\{python-mode-map}
22389
22390 \(fn)" t nil)
22391
22392 ;;;***
22393 \f
22394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
22395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22396
22397 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22398 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22399 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22400 coding-system.
22401
22402 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22403 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22404
22405 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22406 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22407 them into characters should be done separately.
22408
22409 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22410
22411 ;;;***
22412 \f
22413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22174 10581
22414 ;;;;;; 673112 520000))
22415 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22416
22417 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22418 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22419
22420 \(fn)" nil nil)
22421
22422 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22423 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22424 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22425
22426 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22427 `quail-activate', which see.
22428
22429 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22430
22431 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22432 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22433 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22434 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22435 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22436 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22437 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22438
22439 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22440 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22441 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22442 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22443 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22444 shown.
22445 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22446
22447 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22448 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22449 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22450 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22451 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22452 list of candidates.
22453
22454 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22455 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22456 command to be called.
22457
22458 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22459 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22460 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22461 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22462
22463 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22464 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22465 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22466 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22467 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22468 to t.
22469
22470 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22471 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22472 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22473 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22474
22475 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22476 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22477 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22478 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22479 defines no translations for single character keys.
22480
22481 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22482 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22483 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22484 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22485 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22486 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22487
22488 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22489 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22490 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22491 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22492 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22493 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22494
22495 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22496 covers Quail translation region.
22497
22498 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22499 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22500 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22501 for it) is inserted.
22502
22503 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22504 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22505 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22506
22507 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22508 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22509 non-Quail commands.
22510
22511 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22512
22513 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22514 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22515
22516 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22517 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22518 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22519 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22520 you type is correctly handled.
22521
22522 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22523
22524 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22525 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22526
22527 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22528 keyboard type.
22529
22530 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22531
22532 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22533 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22534 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22535 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22536 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22537 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22538 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22539 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22540 for the translation.
22541 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22542
22543 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22544 it is used to handle KEY.
22545
22546 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22547 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22548 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22549 the following annotation types are supported.
22550
22551 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22552 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22553
22554 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22555 candidate list.
22556
22557 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22558 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22559 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22560 inserted.
22561
22562 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22563 generated for the following translations.
22564
22565 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22566
22567 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22568 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22569
22570 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22571 which to install MAP.
22572
22573 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22574
22575 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22576
22577 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22578 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22579
22580 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22581 which to install MAP.
22582
22583 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22584
22585 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22586
22587 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22588 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22589 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22590 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22591 a function, or a cons.
22592 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22593 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22594 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22595 for the translation.
22596 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22597 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22598 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22599 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22600 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22601
22602 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22603 it is used to handle KEY.
22604
22605 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22606 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22607 current Quail package.
22608
22609 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22610 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22611
22612 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22613
22614 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22615 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22616
22617 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22618 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22619
22620 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22621
22622 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22623 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22624
22625 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22626
22627 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22628 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22629 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22630 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22631 of the Emacs source tree.
22632
22633 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22634 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22635
22636 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22637 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22638 of each directory.
22639
22640 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22641
22642 ;;;***
22643 \f
22644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22150
22645 ;;;;;; 28228 202072 702000))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22647
22648 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22649 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22650 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22651 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22652
22653 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22654
22655 ;;;***
22656 \f
22657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22658 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 210072 702000))
22659 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22660
22661 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22662 Activate UCS input method.
22663 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22664
22665 While this input method is active, the variable
22666 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22667
22668 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22669
22670 ;;;***
22671 \f
22672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22197 58438 347460
22673 ;;;;;; 447000))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22675
22676 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22677 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22678 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22679 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22680
22681 To make use of this do something like:
22682
22683 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22684
22685 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22686
22687 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22688 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22689
22690 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22691 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22692 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22693
22694 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22695
22696 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22697 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22698
22699 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22700
22701 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22702 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22703
22704 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22705 is decided.
22706
22707 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22708
22709 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22710 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22711
22712 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22713 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22714 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22715
22716 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22717
22718 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22719 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22720
22721 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22722
22723 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22724 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22725
22726 \(fn)" t nil)
22727
22728 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22729 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22730
22731 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22732
22733 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22734
22735 \(fn)" t nil)
22736
22737 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22738 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22739
22740 \(fn)" t nil)
22741
22742 ;;;***
22743 \f
22744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22150 28228 390072
22745 ;;;;;; 702000))
22746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22747
22748 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22749 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22750
22751 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22752
22753 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22754
22755 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22756
22757 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22758
22759 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22760
22761
22762 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22763
22764 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22765 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22766 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22769 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22770
22771 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22772
22773 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22774 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22775 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22776 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22777 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22778
22779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22780
22781 ;;;***
22782 \f
22783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22150
22784 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
22785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22786
22787 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22788
22789 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22790 Construct a regexp interactively.
22791 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22792 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22793 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22794
22795 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22796 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22797
22798 \(fn)" t nil)
22799
22800 ;;;***
22801 \f
22802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22150 28228 990072
22803 ;;;;;; 702000))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22805
22806 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22807 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22808 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22811 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22812
22813 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22814
22815 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22816 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22819 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22820
22821 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22822 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22823 were operated on recently.
22824
22825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22826
22827 ;;;***
22828 \f
22829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22304 40885 81243 884000))
22830 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22831
22832 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22833 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22834 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22835 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22836 ends.
22837
22838 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22839 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22840 to be deleted.
22841
22842 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22843
22844 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22845 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22846 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22847
22848 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22849 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22850 deleted.
22851
22852 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22853
22854 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22855 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22856 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22857
22858 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22859
22860 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22861 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22862
22863 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22864 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22865
22866 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22867 deleted.
22868
22869 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22870 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22871 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22872 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22873 even beep.)
22874
22875 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22876
22877 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22878 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22879
22880 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22881
22882 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22883 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22884
22885 \(fn)" t nil)
22886
22887 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22888 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22889 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22890 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22891 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22892 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22893 and point is at the lower right corner.
22894
22895 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22896
22897 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22898 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22899
22900 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22901 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22902
22903 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22904 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22905 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22906
22907 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22908
22909 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22910
22911 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22912 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22913 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22914 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22915 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22916
22917 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22918 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22919
22920 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22921
22922 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22923 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22924 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22925
22926 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22927
22928 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22929
22930 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22931
22932 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22933 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22934
22935 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22936 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22937 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22938
22939 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22940
22941 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22942 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22943 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22944
22945 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22946 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22947 rectangle which were empty.
22948
22949 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22950
22951 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22952 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22953
22954 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22955 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22956 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22957 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22958
22959 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22960
22961 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22962 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22963 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22964
22965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22966
22967 ;;;***
22968 \f
22969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22150 28229
22970 ;;;;;; 106072 702000))
22971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22972
22973 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22974 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22975 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22976 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22977 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22978
22979 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22980 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22981 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22982 auto-filling.
22983
22984 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22985
22986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22987
22988 ;;;***
22989 \f
22990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22179 28801
22991 ;;;;;; 466001 468000))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22993 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22994 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22995 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22996 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22997
22998 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22999 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23000
23001 \(fn)" nil nil)
23002
23003 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23004 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23005
23006 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23007 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23008
23009 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23010 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23011 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23012 \\ref macro.
23013
23014 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23015 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23016 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23017
23018 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23019 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23020 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23021
23022 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23023 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23024
23025 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23026 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23027
23028 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23029 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23030 on the menu bar.
23031
23032 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23033
23034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23035
23036 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23037 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23038 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23039
23040 \(fn)" nil nil)
23041
23042 ;;;***
23043 \f
23044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22182
23045 ;;;;;; 44208 583853 279000))
23046 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23047 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23048 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23049 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23050 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23051
23052 ;;;***
23053 \f
23054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22150
23055 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
23056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23057
23058 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23059 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23060 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23061 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23062 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23063 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23064
23065 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23066 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23067
23068 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23069 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23070 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23071 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23072
23073 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23074
23075 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23076 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23077 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23078 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23079
23080 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23081
23082 ;;;***
23083 \f
23084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22150 28227 454072
23085 ;;;;;; 702000))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23087 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23088
23089 ;;;***
23090 \f
23091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22150 28229
23092 ;;;;;; 130072 702000))
23093 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23094 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23095
23096 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23097 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23098 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23099 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23100
23101 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23102
23103 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23104
23105 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23106 Call `remember' in another frame.
23107
23108 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23109
23110 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23111 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23112 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23113
23114 \(fn)" t nil)
23115
23116 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23117 Extract diary entries from the region.
23118
23119 \(fn)" nil nil)
23120
23121 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23122 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23123 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23124 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23125
23126 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23127
23128 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23129 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23130 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23131 minor mode.
23132
23133 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23134
23135 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23136 Return the buffer.
23137
23138 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23139 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23140 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23141
23142 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23143
23144 ;;;***
23145 \f
23146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23147 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23148 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23149
23150 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23151 Repeat most recently executed command.
23152 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23153 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23154 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23155
23156 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23157 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23158 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23159 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23160
23161 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23162 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23163 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23164
23165 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23166
23167 ;;;***
23168 \f
23169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22150 28228
23170 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
23171 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23172
23173 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23174 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23175
23176 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23177 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23178 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23179 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23180 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23181 and point is left after the salutation.
23182
23183 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23184 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23185 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23186 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23187 left after that text.
23188
23189 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23190 is non-nil.
23191
23192 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23193 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23194 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23195 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23196
23197 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23198
23199 ;;;***
23200 \f
23201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22150 28228 994072
23202 ;;;;;; 702000))
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23204
23205 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23206 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23207 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23208 visibility of comments that precede it.
23209 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23210 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23211 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23212 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23213 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23214 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23215 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23216 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23217 the comment lines.
23218 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23219 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23220 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23221 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23222 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23223
23224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23225
23226 ;;;***
23227 \f
23228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23229 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23230
23231 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23232 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23235 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23236
23237 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23238 reveals invisible text around point.
23239
23240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23241
23242 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23243 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23244 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23247 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23248
23249 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23250
23251 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23252 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23253 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23254
23255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23256 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23257 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23258
23259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23260
23261 ;;;***
23262 \f
23263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22150 28227 454072
23264 ;;;;;; 702000))
23265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23266
23267 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23268 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23269
23270 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23271
23272 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23273 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23274
23275 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23276
23277 ;;;***
23278 \f
23279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22150 28228 394072
23280 ;;;;;; 702000))
23281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23282
23283 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23284 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23285 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23286 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23287
23288 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23289
23290 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23291 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23292 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23293 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23294
23295 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23296 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23297
23298 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23299 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23300
23301 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23302 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23303 INPUT-ARGS.
23304
23305 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23306 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23307 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23308 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23309 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23310
23311 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23312 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23313 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23314 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23315
23316 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23317 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23318 variable.
23319
23320 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23321
23322 ;;;***
23323 \f
23324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22250 56969 841825
23325 ;;;;;; 171000))
23326 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23327
23328 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23329 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23330
23331 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23332
23333 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23334
23335 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23336 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23337 Its name should end with a slash.")
23338
23339 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23340 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23341
23342 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23343 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23344 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23345
23346 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23347
23348 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23349 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23350 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23351 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23352 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23353 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23354 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23355
23356 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23357 sent by you under different user names.
23358 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23359
23360 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23361
23362 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23363
23364 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23365
23366 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23367 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23368 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23369 explicitly.")
23370
23371 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23372
23373 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23374 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23375 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23376 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23377 which normally happens once for each message,
23378 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23379 To make a change in this variable take effect
23380 for a message that you have already viewed,
23381 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23382
23383 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23384
23385 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23386 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23387 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23388 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23389
23390 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23391
23392 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23393 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23394
23395 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23396
23397 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23398 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23399 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23400
23401 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23402
23403 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23404 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23405 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23406 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23407 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23408 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23409
23410 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23411
23412 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23413 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23414
23415 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23416
23417 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23418 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23419
23420 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23421
23422 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23423 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23424
23425 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23426 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23427
23428 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23429
23430 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23431 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23432
23433 This is set to nil by default.")
23434
23435 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23436 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23437 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23438 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23439 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23440 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23441 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23442
23443 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23444 Read and edit incoming mail.
23445 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23446 file in RMAIL Mode.
23447 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23448
23449 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23450 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23451 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23452 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23453
23454 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23455
23456 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23457
23458 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23459 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23460 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23461 Instead, these commands are available:
23462
23463 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23464 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23465 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23466 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23467 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23468 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23469 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23470 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23471 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23472 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23473 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23474 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23475 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23476 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23477 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23478 till a deleted message is found.
23479 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23480 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23481 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23482 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23483 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23484 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23485 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23486 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23487 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23488 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23489 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23490 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23491 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23492 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23493 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23494 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23495 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23496 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23497 (label defaults to last one specified).
23498 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23499 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23500 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23501 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23502 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23503 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23504 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23505 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23506 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23507
23508 \(fn)" t nil)
23509
23510 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23511 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23512
23513 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23514
23515 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23516 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23517
23518 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23519
23520 ;;;***
23521 \f
23522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22150 28228
23523 ;;;;;; 246072 702000))
23524 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23525 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23526
23527 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23528 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23529 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23530 case it writes Babyl.
23531
23532 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23533 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23534 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23535 `rmail-default-file'.
23536
23537 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23538 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23539 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23540
23541 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23542 the header display is currently pruned.
23543
23544 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23545 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23546 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23547 messages after output.
23548
23549 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23550 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23551 message (if writing a file directly).
23552
23553 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23554 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23555
23556 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23557
23558 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23559 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23560 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23561 i) the header is output as currently seen
23562 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23563 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23564
23565 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23566 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23567 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23568
23569 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23570
23571 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23572 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23573 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23574 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23575 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23576 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23577 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23578
23579 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23580 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23581 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23582
23583 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23584
23585 ;;;***
23586 \f
23587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22150 28228
23588 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
23589 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23590
23591 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23592 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23593 Return a pattern.
23594
23595 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23596
23597 ;;;***
23598 \f
23599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22150 28228
23600 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
23601 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23602
23603 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23604 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23605 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23606 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23607
23608 \(fn)" t nil)
23609
23610 ;;;***
23611 \f
23612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22150 28228
23613 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23615
23616 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23617 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23618
23619 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23620 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23621 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23622 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23623 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23624 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23625 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23626 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23627 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23628 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23629
23630 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23631 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23632 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23633 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23634 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23635 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23636 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23637 to use for finding the schema.
23638
23639 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23640
23641 ;;;***
23642 \f
23643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22150 28228 462072
23644 ;;;;;; 702000))
23645 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23646
23647 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23648
23649 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23650 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23651 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23652 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23653 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23654 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23655 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23656 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23657 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23658 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23659 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23660 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23661 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23662 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23663 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23664 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23665 must be equal.
23666
23667 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23668
23669 ;;;***
23670 \f
23671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22086 11929
23672 ;;;;;; 882062 731000))
23673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23674
23675 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23676 Define a robin package.
23677
23678 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23679 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23680 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23681 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23682
23683 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23684 one replaces the old one.
23685
23686 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23687
23688 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23689 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23690
23691 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23692 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23693 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23694
23695 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23696
23697 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23698 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23699
23700 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23701
23702 ;;;***
23703 \f
23704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23706
23707 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23708 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23709
23710 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23711
23712 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23713 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23714
23715 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23716
23717 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23718 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23719
23720 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23721
23722 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23723 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23724 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23725
23726 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23727 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23728 in ROT13.
23729
23730 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23731
23732 \(fn)" t nil)
23733
23734 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23735 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23736
23737 \(fn)" t nil)
23738
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22150 28229 146072
23742 ;;;;;; 702000))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23744 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23745
23746 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23747 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23748 \\<rst-mode-map>
23749
23750 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23751 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23752 highlighting.
23753
23754 \\{rst-mode-map}
23755
23756 \(fn)" t nil)
23757
23758 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23759 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23763
23764 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23765 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23766 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23767
23768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23769
23770 ;;;***
23771 \f
23772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22253
23773 ;;;;;; 13631 370961 36000))
23774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23775 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23776
23777 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23778 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23779
23780 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23781
23782 \(fn)" t nil)
23783
23784 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23785
23786 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23787
23788 ;;;***
23789 \f
23790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22150 28228 994072
23791 ;;;;;; 702000))
23792 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23793 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23794
23795 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23796 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23797 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23798
23799 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23800 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23802 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23803 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23804
23805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23806
23807 ;;;***
23808 \f
23809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22150 28227 454072
23810 ;;;;;; 702000))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23812
23813 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23814 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23815 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23816 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23817
23818 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23819
23820 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23821 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23822 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23823
23824 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23825 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23826 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23827
23828 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23829 notation.
23830
23831 STRING
23832 matches string STRING literally.
23833
23834 CHAR
23835 matches character CHAR literally.
23836
23837 `not-newline', `nonl'
23838 matches any character except a newline.
23839
23840 `anything'
23841 matches any character
23842
23843 `(any SET ...)'
23844 `(in SET ...)'
23845 `(char SET ...)'
23846 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23847 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23848 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23849
23850 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23851 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23852 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23853 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23854
23855 `(not (any SET ...))'
23856 matches any character not in SET ...
23857
23858 `line-start', `bol'
23859 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23860 in the text being matched
23861
23862 `line-end', `eol'
23863 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23864
23865 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23866 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23867 string being matched against.
23868
23869 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23870 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23871 string being matched against.
23872
23873 `buffer-start'
23874 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23875 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23876
23877 `buffer-end'
23878 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23879 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23880
23881 `point'
23882 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23883
23884 `word-start', `bow'
23885 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23886
23887 `word-end', `eow'
23888 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23889
23890 `word-boundary'
23891 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23892 word.
23893
23894 `(not word-boundary)'
23895 `not-word-boundary'
23896 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23897 word.
23898
23899 `symbol-start'
23900 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23901
23902 `symbol-end'
23903 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23904
23905 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23906 matches 0 through 9.
23907
23908 `control', `cntrl'
23909 matches ASCII control characters.
23910
23911 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23912 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23913
23914 `blank'
23915 matches space and tab only.
23916
23917 `graphic', `graph'
23918 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23919 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23920 unassigned by Unicode.
23921
23922 `printing', `print'
23923 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23924
23925 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23926 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23927 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23928
23929 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23930 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23931 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23932
23933 `ascii'
23934 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23935
23936 `nonascii'
23937 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23938
23939 `lower', `lower-case'
23940 matches anything lower-case.
23941
23942 `upper', `upper-case'
23943 matches anything upper-case.
23944
23945 `punctuation', `punct'
23946 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23947 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23948
23949 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23950 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23951
23952 `word', `wordchar'
23953 matches anything that has word syntax.
23954
23955 `not-wordchar'
23956 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23957
23958 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23959 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23960 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23961 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23962
23963 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23964 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23965 `word' (\\sw)
23966 `symbol' (\\s_)
23967 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23968 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23969 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23970 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23971 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23972 `escape' (\\s\\)
23973 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23974 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23975 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23976 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23977 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23978
23979 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23980 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23981
23982 `(category CATEGORY)'
23983 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23984 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23985
23986 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23987 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23988 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23989 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23990 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23991 `symbol' (\\c5)
23992 `digit' (\\c6)
23993 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23994 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23995 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23996 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23997 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23998 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23999 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24000 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24001 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24002 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24003 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24004 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24005 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24006 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24007 `ascii' (\\ca)
24008 `arabic' (\\cb)
24009 `chinese' (\\cc)
24010 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24011 `greek' (\\cg)
24012 `korean' (\\ch)
24013 `indian' (\\ci)
24014 `japanese' (\\cj)
24015 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24016 `latin' (\\cl)
24017 `lao' (\\co)
24018 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24019 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24020 `thai' (\\ct)
24021 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24022 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24023 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24024 `can-break' (\\c|)
24025
24026 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24027 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24028
24029 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24030 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24031 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24032 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24033 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24034
24035 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24036 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24037 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24038 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24039
24040 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24041 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24042 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24043 group number N.
24044
24045 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24046 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24047 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24048 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24049 regular expression.
24050
24051 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24052 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24053 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24054 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24055 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24056
24057 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24058 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24059
24060 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24061 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24062
24063 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24064 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24065 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24066
24067 `(* SEXP ...)'
24068 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24069 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24070
24071 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24072 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24073 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24074
24075 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24076 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24077 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24078
24079 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24080 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24081
24082 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24083 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24084
24085 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24086 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24087 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24088 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24089
24090 `(? SEXP ...)'
24091 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24092
24093 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24094 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24095
24096 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24097 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24098 matches N occurrences.
24099
24100 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24101 matches N or more occurrences.
24102
24103 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24104 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24105 matches N to M occurrences.
24106
24107 `(backref N)'
24108 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24109
24110 `(eval FORM)'
24111 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24112 `regexp-quote' it.
24113
24114 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24115 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24116
24117 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24118
24119 ;;;***
24120 \f
24121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22150 28228
24122 ;;;;;; 394072 702000))
24123 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24124 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24125
24126 ;;;***
24127 \f
24128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22150 28228 994072
24129 ;;;;;; 702000))
24130 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24131 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24132
24133 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24134 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24135 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24138 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24139
24140 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24141
24142 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24143 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24145 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24146 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24147
24148 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24149 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24150 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24151 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24152
24153 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24154 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24155 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24156
24157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24158
24159 ;;;***
24160 \f
24161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22224 16978 400323
24162 ;;;;;; 324000))
24163 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24164
24165 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24166 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24167 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24169 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24170 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24171
24172 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24173
24174 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24175 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24176 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24177 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24178
24179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24180
24181 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24182 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24183 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24184 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24185 even in a later Emacs session.
24186
24187 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24188 the argument is positive.
24189
24190 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24191 file:
24192
24193 \(save-place-mode 1)
24194
24195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24196
24197 ;;;***
24198 \f
24199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22150 28228
24200 ;;;;;; 910072 702000))
24201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24202
24203 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24204 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24205 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24206
24207 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24208 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24209 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24210 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24211 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24212 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24213 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24214 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24215
24216 Commands:
24217 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24218 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24219 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24220
24221 \(fn)" t nil)
24222
24223 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24224 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24225 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24226
24227 Commands:
24228 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24229 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24230 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24231 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24232 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24233 that variable's value is a string.
24234
24235 \(fn)" t nil)
24236
24237 ;;;***
24238 \f
24239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22150 28228
24240 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
24241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24242
24243 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24244 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24245 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24246
24247 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24248
24249 \(fn)" t nil)
24250
24251 ;;;***
24252 \f
24253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22150 28228 994072
24254 ;;;;;; 702000))
24255 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24256
24257 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24258 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24259 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24262 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24263
24264 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24265
24266 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24267 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24271
24272 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24273 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24274
24275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24276
24277 ;;;***
24278 \f
24279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22150 28228
24280 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24282
24283 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24284 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24285 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24286 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24287 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24288 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24289 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24290 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24291
24292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24293
24294 ;;;***
24295 \f
24296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22150 28228 394072
24297 ;;;;;; 702000))
24298 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24299 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24300 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24301
24302 ;;;***
24303 \f
24304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22150 28227
24305 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
24306 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24307 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24308
24309 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24310 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24311 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24312
24313 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24314 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24315 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24316 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24317 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24318 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24319 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24320 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24321 keybinding for tag names.
24322 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24323 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24324 of the symbol under point.
24325 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24326 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24327 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24328 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24329 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24330 syntax tokens.
24331 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24332
24333 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24334
24335 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24336 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24337 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24340 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24341
24342 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24343
24344 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24345 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24346 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24347 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24348 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24349
24350 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24351 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24352 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24353 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24354 Semantic mode.
24355
24356 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24357
24358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24359
24360 ;;;***
24361 \f
24362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24363 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 234072 702000))
24364 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24365
24366 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24367 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24368
24369 \(fn)" t nil)
24370
24371 ;;;***
24372 \f
24373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24374 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 266072 702000))
24375 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24376
24377 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24378 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24379
24380 \(fn)" t nil)
24381
24382 ;;;***
24383 \f
24384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22224 36171
24385 ;;;;;; 816467 383000))
24386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24387
24388 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24389 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24390
24391 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24392 king@grassland.com
24393 If `parens', they look like:
24394 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24395 If `angles', they look like:
24396 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24397
24398 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24399 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24400
24401 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24402
24403 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24404 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24405 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24406 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24407
24408 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24409 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24410 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24411 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24412
24413 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24414
24415 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24416 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24417 This is done when the message is initialized,
24418 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24419
24420 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24421
24422 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24423 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24424 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24425
24426 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24427
24428 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24429 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24430 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24431 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24432 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24433 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24434 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24435
24436 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24437
24438 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24439 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24440
24441 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24442
24443 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24444 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24445 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24446 be a Babyl file.")
24447
24448 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24449
24450 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24451 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24452 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24453 when you first send mail.")
24454
24455 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24456
24457 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24458 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24459 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24460 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24461 This file need not actually exist.")
24462
24463 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24464
24465 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24466 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24467
24468 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24469
24470 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24471 Alist of mail address aliases,
24472 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24473 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24474 can specify a different file name.)
24475 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24476 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24477
24478 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24479 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24480 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24481
24482 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24483
24484 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24485 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24486 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24487
24488 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24489
24490 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24491 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24492 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24493 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24494 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24495 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24496 in the cited portion of the message.
24497
24498 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24499 instead of no action.")
24500
24501 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24502
24503 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24504 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24505 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24506 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24507 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24508
24509 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24510
24511 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24512 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24513 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24514 If a string, that string is inserted.
24515 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24516 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24517 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24518 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24519
24520 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24521
24522 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24523 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24524
24525 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24526
24527 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24528 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24529 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24530
24531 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24532 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24533
24534 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24535
24536 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24537 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24538 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24539 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24540
24541 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24542
24543 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24544 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24545 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24546
24547 \(fn)" nil nil)
24548
24549 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24550
24551 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24552
24553
24554 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24555
24556 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24557 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24558 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24559
24560 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24561 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24562
24563 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24564 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24565 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24566 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24567 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24568 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24569 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24570 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24571 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24572 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24573 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24574 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24575 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24576 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24577
24578 \(fn)" t nil)
24579
24580 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24581 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24582 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24583 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24584
24585 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24586
24587 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24588 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24589 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24590 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24591 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24592 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24593
24594 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24595 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24596 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24597
24598 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24599 User should not set this variable manually,
24600 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24601 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24602 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24603
24604 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24605 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24606 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24607 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24608
24609 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24610 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24611
24612 \\<mail-mode-map>
24613 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24614
24615 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24616 to move to message header fields:
24617 \\{mail-mode-map}
24618
24619 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24620 when the message is initialized.
24621
24622 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24623 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24624
24625 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24626 is inserted.
24627
24628 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24629 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24630
24631 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24632 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24633 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24634 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24635 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24636 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24637 buffer without erasing the contents.
24638
24639 The second through fifth arguments,
24640 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24641 the initial contents of those header fields.
24642 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24643 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24644 original message being replied to, or else an action
24645 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24646 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24647 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24648 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24649 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24650 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24651
24652 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24653
24654 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24655 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24656
24657 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24658
24659 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24660 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24661
24662 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24663
24664 ;;;***
24665 \f
24666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22278 49573 67090
24667 ;;;;;; 835000))
24668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24669 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24670
24671 ;;;***
24672 \f
24673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22150 28228 998072 702000))
24674 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24675
24676 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24677
24678 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24679
24680 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24681
24682 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24683 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24684 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24685 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24686 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24687 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24688
24689 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24690 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24691
24692 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24693 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24694 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24695
24696 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24697 \\[server-start].
24698
24699 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24700
24701 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24702 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24703 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24704 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24705
24706 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24707
24708 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24709 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24710 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24713 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24714
24715 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24716
24717 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24718 Toggle Server mode.
24719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24720 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24721 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24722
24723 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24724 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24725 `server-start' for details.
24726
24727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24728
24729 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24730 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24731 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24732
24733 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24734 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24735
24736 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24737
24738 ;;;***
24739 \f
24740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22189 64323 296321 19000))
24741 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24742
24743 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24744 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24745
24746 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24747 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24748 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24749 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24750 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24751
24752 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24753 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24754 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24755 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24756 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24757 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24758
24759 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24760 displayed.
24761
24762 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24763 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24764 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24765
24766 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24767 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24768
24769 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24770 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24771
24772 \\{ses-mode-map}
24773 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24774 part):
24775 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24776 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24777 formula:
24778 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24779
24780 \(fn)" t nil)
24781
24782 ;;;***
24783 \f
24784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22150
24785 ;;;;;; 28229 150072 702000))
24786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24787
24788 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24789 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24790 Makes > match <.
24791 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24792 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24793
24794 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24795 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24796 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24797
24798 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24799 in your init file.
24800
24801 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24802
24803 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24804 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24805 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24806
24807 \(fn)" t nil)
24808
24809 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24810 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24811 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24812 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24813 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24814 which this is based.
24815
24816 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24817
24818 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24819 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24820 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24821 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24822
24823 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24824 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24825 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24826
24827 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24828 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24829 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24830 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24831
24832 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24833 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24834 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24835 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24836
24837 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24838
24839 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24840 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24841 To work around that, do:
24842 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24843
24844 \\{html-mode-map}
24845
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24847
24848 ;;;***
24849 \f
24850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22291
24851 ;;;;;; 28851 657608 847000))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24853 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24854 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24855
24856 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24857 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24858 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24859 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24860 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24861 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24862
24863 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24864 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24865 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24866 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24867 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24868
24869 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24870 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24871 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24872 \\<sh-mode-map>
24873 \\[sh-case] case statement
24874 \\[sh-for] for loop
24875 \\[sh-function] function definition
24876 \\[sh-if] if statement
24877 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24878 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24879 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24880 \\[sh-select] select loop
24881 \\[sh-until] until loop
24882 \\[sh-while] while loop
24883
24884 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24885 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24886 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24887 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24888 would indent to the way it currently is.
24889 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24890 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24891
24892
24893 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24894 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24895 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24896 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24897 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24898
24899 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24900 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24901 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24902
24903 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24904 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24905 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24906
24907 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24908 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24909
24910 \(fn)" t nil)
24911
24912 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24913
24914 ;;;***
24915 \f
24916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22150 28227
24917 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
24918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24919
24920 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24921 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24922
24923 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24924 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24925 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24926
24927 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24928 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24929 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24930 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24931 the earlier.
24932
24933 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24934
24935 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24936
24937 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24938 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24939 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24940
24941 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24942 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24943
24944 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24945 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24946 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24947 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24948 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24949 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24950 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24951 Emacs version).
24952
24953 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24954 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24955 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24956 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24957 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24958
24959 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24960 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24961
24962 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24963
24964 ;;;***
24965 \f
24966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22150 28229 14072
24967 ;;;;;; 702000))
24968 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24969
24970 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24971 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24972 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24973 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24974 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24975 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24976 sites in the cluster.
24977
24978 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24979
24980 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24981 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24982 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24983 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24984 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24985
24986 \(fn)" t nil)
24987
24988 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24989 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24990 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24991 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24992 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24993 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24994 `shadow-define-cluster').
24995
24996 \(fn)" t nil)
24997
24998 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24999 Set up file shadowing.
25000
25001 \(fn)" t nil)
25002
25003 ;;;***
25004 \f
25005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22150 28229 14072 702000))
25006 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25007
25008 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25009 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25010 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25011 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25012 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25013 arguments.")
25014
25015 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25016
25017 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25018 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25019 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25020 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25021 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25022
25023 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25024 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25025 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25026 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25027 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25028 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25029 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25030 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25031 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25032 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25033 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25034
25035 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25036 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25037 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25038 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25039 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25040 `default-process-coding-system'.
25041
25042 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25043 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25044 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25045 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25046
25047 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25048
25049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25050
25051 ;;;***
25052 \f
25053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22255 55369 13338 944000))
25054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25055
25056 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25057 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25058
25059 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25060
25061 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25062 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25063 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25064 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25065
25066 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25067
25068 ;;;***
25069 \f
25070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22150 28228 18072
25071 ;;;;;; 702000))
25072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25073
25074 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25075
25076
25077 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25078
25079 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25080
25081
25082 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25083
25084 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25085
25086
25087 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25088
25089 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25090
25091
25092 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25093
25094 ;;;***
25095 \f
25096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22150 28228
25097 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
25098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25099
25100 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25101 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25102 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25103 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25104 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25105
25106 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25107
25108 \(fn)" t nil)
25109
25110 ;;;***
25111 \f
25112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22197 58438
25113 ;;;;;; 563460 447000))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25115
25116 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25117 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25118 \\{simula-mode-map}
25119 Variables controlling indentation style:
25120 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25121 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25122 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25123 `simula-indent-level'
25124 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25125 `simula-substatement-offset'
25126 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25127 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25128 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25129 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25130 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25131 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25132 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25133 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25134 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25135 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25136 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25137 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25138 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25139 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25140 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25141 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25142 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25143 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25144 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25145 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25146 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25147 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25148 or nil if they should not be changed.
25149 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25150 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25151 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25152 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25153
25154 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25155 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25156
25157 \(fn)" t nil)
25158
25159 ;;;***
25160 \f
25161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22197 58438 667460
25162 ;;;;;; 447000))
25163 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25164
25165 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25166 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25167
25168 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25169 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25170 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25171 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25172
25173 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25174
25175 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25176
25177 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25178 Insert SKELETON.
25179 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25180 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25181 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25182 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25183 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25184
25185 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25186 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25187
25188 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25189
25190 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25191 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25192
25193 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25194 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25195 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25196 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25197
25198 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25199 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25200 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25201 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25202
25203 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25204 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25205 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25206
25207 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25208 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25209
25210 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25211 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25212
25213 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25214 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25215 is at bol/eol
25216 _ interesting point, interregion here
25217 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25218 interesting point set by _
25219 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25220 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25221 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25222 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25223 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25224 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25225 nil skipped
25226
25227 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25228 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25229
25230 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25231 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25232 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25233 as the first element when at bol.
25234
25235 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25236 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25237 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25238 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25239 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25240 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25241 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25242 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25243
25244 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25245 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25246 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25247 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25248 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25249 available:
25250
25251 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25252 then: insert previously read string once more
25253 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25254 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25255 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25256
25257 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25258 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25259
25260 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25261
25262 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25263 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25264
25265 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25266 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25267 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25268 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25269 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25270 such as backslash.
25271
25272 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25273 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25274 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25275 twice for the others.
25276
25277 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25278
25279 ;;;***
25280 \f
25281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22150 28229
25282 ;;;;;; 286072 702000))
25283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25284
25285 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25286 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25287 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25288 buffer names.
25289
25290 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25291
25292 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25293 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25294 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25295 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25296 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25297 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25298
25299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25300
25301 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25302 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25303 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25304
25305 \(fn)" t nil)
25306
25307 ;;;***
25308 \f
25309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22150 28228 18072
25310 ;;;;;; 702000))
25311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25312
25313 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25314 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25315 A list of images is returned.
25316
25317 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25318
25319 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25320 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25321 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25322
25323 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25324
25325 ;;;***
25326 \f
25327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22150 28228
25328 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
25329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25330
25331 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25332
25333
25334 \(fn)" nil nil)
25335
25336 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25337 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25338
25339 \(fn)" t nil)
25340
25341 ;;;***
25342 \f
25343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22150 28228 682072
25344 ;;;;;; 702000))
25345 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25346
25347 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25348 Play the Snake game.
25349 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25350
25351 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25352
25353 Snake mode keybindings:
25354 \\<snake-mode-map>
25355 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25356 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25357 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25358 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25359 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25360 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25361 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25362
25363 \(fn)" t nil)
25364
25365 ;;;***
25366 \f
25367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22150 28228
25368 ;;;;;; 402072 702000))
25369 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25370
25371 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25372 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25373 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25374 Tab indents for C code.
25375 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25376 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25377 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25378 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25379 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25380
25381 \(fn)" t nil)
25382
25383 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25384 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25385 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25386 Tab indents for C code.
25387 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25388 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25389 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25390 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25391 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25392
25393 \(fn)" t nil)
25394
25395 ;;;***
25396 \f
25397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22249 52871
25398 ;;;;;; 284284 99000))
25399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25400 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25401
25402 ;;;***
25403 \f
25404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22284 55604 54845
25405 ;;;;;; 171000))
25406 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25407
25408 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25409 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25410 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25411 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25412 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25413
25414 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25415
25416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25417
25418 ;;;***
25419 \f
25420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22150 28228
25421 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
25422 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25423
25424 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25425 Play Solitaire.
25426
25427 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25428 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25429 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25430 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25431 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25432 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25433 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25434 check after each move or undo.)
25435
25436 What is Solitaire?
25437
25438 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25439 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25440 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25441
25442 Le Solitaire
25443 ============
25444
25445 o o o
25446
25447 o o o
25448
25449 o o o o o o o
25450
25451 o o o . o o o
25452
25453 o o o o o o o
25454
25455 o o o
25456
25457 o o o
25458
25459 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25460 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25461 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25462 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25463
25464 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25465 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25466 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25467 this: o o .
25468
25469 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25470 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25471
25472 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25473
25474 o o o
25475
25476 . o o
25477
25478 o o . o o o o
25479
25480 o . o o o o o
25481
25482 o o o o o o o
25483
25484 o o o
25485
25486 o o o
25487
25488 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25489
25490 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25491
25492 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25493
25494 ;;;***
25495 \f
25496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22150 28229 18072 702000))
25497 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25498 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25499
25500 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25501 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25502
25503 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25504 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25505 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25506 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25507 contiguous.
25508
25509 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25510 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25511 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25512 the sort order.
25513
25514 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25515 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25516
25517 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25518 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25519 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25520 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25521 is called.
25522
25523 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25524 It should move point to the end of the record.
25525
25526 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25527 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25528 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25529 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25530 starts at the beginning of the record.
25531
25532 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25533 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25534 same as ENDRECFUN.
25535
25536 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25537 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25538 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25539 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25540 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25541 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25542 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25543
25544 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25545
25546 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25547 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25548 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25549 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25550 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25551 the sort order.
25552
25553 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25554
25555 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25556 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25557 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25558 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25560 the sort order.
25561
25562 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25563
25564 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25565 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25566 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25567 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25568 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25569 the sort order.
25570
25571 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25572 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25573
25574 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25575 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25576 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25577 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25578 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25579 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25580 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25581 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25582 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25583
25584 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25585
25586 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25587 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25588 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25589 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25590 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25591 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25593 the sort order.
25594
25595 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25596
25597 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25598 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25599 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25600 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25601
25602 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25603 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25604
25605 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25606 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25607 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25608 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25609 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25610 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25611 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25612 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25613
25614 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25615
25616 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25617 the sort order.
25618
25619 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25620 starting with the letter \"f\",
25621 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25622
25623 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25624
25625 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25626 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25627 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25628 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25629 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25630 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25631 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25632 the sort order.
25633
25634 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25635 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25636 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25637 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25638 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25639
25640 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25641
25642 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25643 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25644 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25645
25646 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25647
25648 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25649 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25650 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25651 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25652 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25653 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25654 each repeated line.
25655
25656 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25657 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25658 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25659 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25660
25661 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25662 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25663
25664 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25665 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25666
25667 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25668
25669 ;;;***
25670 \f
25671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22150 28228 22072 702000))
25672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25673
25674 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25675 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25676 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25677 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25678 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25679 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25680
25681 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25682
25683 ;;;***
25684 \f
25685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22150
25686 ;;;;;; 28228 22072 702000))
25687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25688
25689 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25690 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25691
25692 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25693 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25694 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25695
25696 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25697
25698 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25699 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25700 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25701 server.
25702
25703 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25704
25705 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25706 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25707 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25708
25709 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25710
25711 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25712 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25713 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25714 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25715 Agent is plugged.
25716
25717 \(fn)" t nil)
25718
25719 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25720 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25721 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25722 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25723
25724 \(fn)" t nil)
25725
25726 ;;;***
25727 \f
25728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22189 64323 312321
25729 ;;;;;; 19000))
25730 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25731
25732 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25733
25734 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25735 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25736 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25737 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25738 supported at a time.
25739 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25740 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25741
25742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25743
25744 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25745 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25746 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25747 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25748
25749 \(fn)" t nil)
25750
25751 ;;;***
25752 \f
25753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22150 28228 682072
25754 ;;;;;; 702000))
25755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25756
25757 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25758 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25759
25760 \(fn)" t nil)
25761
25762 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25763 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25764
25765 \(fn)" nil nil)
25766
25767 ;;;***
25768 \f
25769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22203 10834 812791
25770 ;;;;;; 123000))
25771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25772 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25773
25774 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25775 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25776
25777 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25778 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25779 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25780 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25781 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25782 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25783 of the current highlighting list.
25784
25785 For example:
25786
25787 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25788 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25789
25790 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25791 `_t' as data types.
25792
25793 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25794
25795 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25796 Major mode to edit SQL.
25797
25798 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25799 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25800 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25801
25802 \\{sql-mode-map}
25803 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25804
25805 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25806 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25807 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25808 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25809 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25810 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25811
25812 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25813 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25814
25815 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25816 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25817 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25818
25819 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25820 (lambda ()
25821 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25822
25823 \(fn)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25826 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25827
25828 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25829 their settings.
25830
25831 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25832 is specified in the connection settings.
25833
25834 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25835
25836 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25837 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25838
25839 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25840 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25841
25842 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25843 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25844 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25845 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25846
25847 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25848
25849 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25850
25851 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25852 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25853
25854 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25855 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25856 `*SQL*'.
25857
25858 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25859 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25860 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25861 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25862
25863 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25864 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25865
25866 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25867 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25868 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25869 buffer.
25870
25871 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25872 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25873 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25874 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25875 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25876 `default-process-coding-system'.
25877
25878 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25879
25880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25881
25882 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25883 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25884
25885 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25886 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25887 `*SQL*'.
25888
25889 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25890 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25891 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25892 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25893
25894 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25895 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25896
25897 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25898 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25899 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25900 buffer.
25901
25902 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25903 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25904 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25905 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25906 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25907 `default-process-coding-system'.
25908
25909 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25910
25911 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25912
25913 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25914 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25915
25916 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25917 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25918 `*SQL*'.
25919
25920 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25921 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25922
25923 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25924 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25925
25926 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25927 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25928 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25929 buffer.
25930
25931 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25932 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25933 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25934 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25935 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25936 `default-process-coding-system'.
25937
25938 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25939
25940 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25941
25942 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25943 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25944
25945 SQLite is free software.
25946
25947 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25948 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25949 `*SQL*'.
25950
25951 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25952 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25953 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25954 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25955
25956 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25957 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25958
25959 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25960 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25961 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25962 buffer.
25963
25964 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25965 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25966 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25967 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25968 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25969 `default-process-coding-system'.
25970
25971 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25972
25973 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25974
25975 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25976 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25977
25978 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25979
25980 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25981 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25982 `*SQL*'.
25983
25984 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25985 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25986 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25987 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25988
25989 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25990 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25991
25992 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25993 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25994 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25995 buffer.
25996
25997 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25998 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25999 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26000 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26001 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26002 `default-process-coding-system'.
26003
26004 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26005
26006 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26007
26008 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26009 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26010
26011 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26012 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26013 `*SQL*'.
26014
26015 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26016 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26017 defaults, if set.
26018
26019 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26020 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26021
26022 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26023 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26024 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26025 buffer.
26026
26027 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26028 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26029 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26030 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26031 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26032 `default-process-coding-system'.
26033
26034 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26035
26036 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26037
26038 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26039 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26040
26041 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26042 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26043 `*SQL*'.
26044
26045 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26046 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26047
26048 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26049 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26050
26051 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26052 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26053 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26054 buffer.
26055
26056 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26057 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26058 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26059 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26060 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26061 `default-process-coding-system'.
26062
26063 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26064
26065 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26066
26067 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26068 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26069
26070 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26071 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26072 `*SQL*'.
26073
26074 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26075 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26076 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26077 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26078
26079 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26080 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26081
26082 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26083 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26084 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26085 buffer.
26086
26087 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26088 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26089 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26090 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26091 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26092 `default-process-coding-system'.
26093
26094 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26095
26096 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26097
26098 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26099 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26100
26101 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26102 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26103 `*SQL*'.
26104
26105 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26106 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26107 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26108 `sql-postgres-options'.
26109
26110 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26111 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26112
26113 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26114 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26115 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26116 buffer.
26117
26118 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26119 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26120 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26121 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26122 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26123 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26124 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26125 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26126
26127 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26128 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26129
26130 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26131
26132 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26133
26134 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26135 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26136
26137 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26138 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26139 `*SQL*'.
26140
26141 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26142 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26143 defaults, if set.
26144
26145 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26146 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26147
26148 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26149 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26150 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26151 buffer.
26152
26153 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26154 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26155 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26156 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26157 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26158 `default-process-coding-system'.
26159
26160 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26161
26162 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26163
26164 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26165 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26166
26167 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26168 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26169 `*SQL*'.
26170
26171 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26172 automatic login.
26173
26174 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26175 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26176
26177 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26178 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26179 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26180 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26181
26182 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26183 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26184 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26185 buffer.
26186
26187 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26188 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26189 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26190 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26191 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26192 `default-process-coding-system'.
26193
26194 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26195
26196 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26197
26198 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26199 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26200
26201 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26202 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26203 `*SQL*'.
26204
26205 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26206 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26207 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26208 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26209 parameters.
26210
26211 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26212 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26213 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26214 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26215 an empty password.
26216
26217 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26218 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26219
26220 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26221 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26222 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26223 buffer.
26224
26225 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26226
26227 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26228
26229 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26230 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26231
26232 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26233
26234 ;;;***
26235 \f
26236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22150 28227 270072
26237 ;;;;;; 702000))
26238 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26239 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26240
26241 ;;;***
26242 \f
26243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26244 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 274072 702000))
26245 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26246
26247 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26248 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26249
26250 \(fn)" t nil)
26251
26252 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26253
26254 ;;;***
26255 \f
26256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22150 28228
26257 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
26258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26259
26260 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26261 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26262 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26263 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26264 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26265 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26266 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26267 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26268 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26269 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26270 with any buffer
26271 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26272 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26273 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26274 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26275
26276 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26277
26278 ;;;***
26279 \f
26280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22182 4679 511463 499000))
26281 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26282
26283 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26284 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26285 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26286 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26287 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26288 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26289
26290 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26291
26292 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26293
26294 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26295 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26296 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26297 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26298 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26299 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26300 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26301
26302 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26303
26304 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26305 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26306 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26307 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26308 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26309 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26310 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26311
26312 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26313
26314 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26315 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26316 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26317
26318 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26319
26320 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26321 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26322 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26323
26324 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26325
26326 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26327 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26328
26329 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26330
26331 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26332 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26333
26334 \(fn)" t nil)
26335
26336 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26337 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26338
26339 \(fn)" t nil)
26340
26341 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26342 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26343 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26344 by command name.
26345 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26346
26347 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26348
26349 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26350 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26351 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26353 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26354 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26355
26356 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26357
26358 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26359 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26360 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26361 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26362 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26363
26364 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26365 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26366 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26367 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26368 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26369
26370 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26371 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26372 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26373 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26374
26375 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26376
26377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26378
26379 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26380 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26381 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26382 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26383
26384 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26385
26386 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26387 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26388
26389 \(fn)" t nil)
26390
26391 ;;;***
26392 \f
26393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22279 37684 392180
26394 ;;;;;; 436000))
26395 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26396
26397 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26398 Studlify-case the region.
26399
26400 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26401
26402 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26403 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26404
26405 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26408 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26409
26410 \(fn)" t nil)
26411
26412 ;;;***
26413 \f
26414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22150 28228
26415 ;;;;;; 930072 702000))
26416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26417
26418 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26419
26420 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26421 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26422 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26423 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26424 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26425
26426 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26427 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26428 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26429 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26430
26431 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26432 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26433 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26434
26435 Nomenclature Subwords
26436 ===========================================================
26437 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26438 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26439 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26440
26441 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26442 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26443
26444 \\{subword-mode-map}
26445
26446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26447
26448 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26449 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26450 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26453 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26454
26455 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26456
26457 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26458 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26459 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26460 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26461 ARG is omitted or nil.
26462
26463 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26464 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26465 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26466
26467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26468
26469 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26470 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26472 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26473 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26474
26475 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26476 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26477 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26478 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26479
26480 \\{superword-mode-map}
26481
26482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26483
26484 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26485 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26486 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26488 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26489 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26490
26491 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26492
26493 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26494 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26495 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26496 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26497 ARG is omitted or nil.
26498
26499 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26500 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26501 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26502
26503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26504
26505 ;;;***
26506 \f
26507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22150 28228
26508 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
26509 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26510
26511 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26512 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26513 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26514 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26515 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26516 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26517 original message but it does require a few things:
26518
26519 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26520
26521 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26522 reply buffer.
26523
26524 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26525 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26526 original message.
26527
26528 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26529
26530 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26531
26532 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26533 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26534 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26535
26536 \(fn)" nil nil)
26537
26538 ;;;***
26539 \f
26540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22204 31687 849113
26541 ;;;;;; 480000))
26542 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26543
26544 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26545
26546 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26547 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26548 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26551 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26552
26553 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26554
26555 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26556 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26560
26561 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26562 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26563 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26564
26565 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26566 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26567 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26568
26569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26570
26571 ;;;***
26572 \f
26573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
26574 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26575
26576 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26577 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26578 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26579 buffer.
26580
26581 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26582 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26583 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26584
26585 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26586
26587 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26588 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26589 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26590 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26591 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26592 buffer.
26593
26594 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26595 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26596 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26597
26598 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26599
26600 ;;;***
26601 \f
26602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22186 51800 574004
26603 ;;;;;; 628000))
26604 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26605
26606 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26607 Insert an editable text table.
26608 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26609 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26610 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26611 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26612 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26613 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26614 delimiting them.
26615
26616 Examples:
26617
26618 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26619
26620 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26621 location of point.
26622
26623 -!-
26624
26625 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26626 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26627 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26628 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26629 first cell.
26630
26631 +-----+-----+-----+
26632 |-!- | | |
26633 +-----+-----+-----+
26634
26635 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26636
26637 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26638 width, which results as
26639
26640 +--------------+-----+-----+
26641 |-!- | | |
26642 +--------------+-----+-----+
26643
26644 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26645 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26646
26647 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26648 | | |-!- |
26649 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26650
26651 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26652 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26653 width information to `table-insert'.
26654
26655 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26656
26657 instead of
26658
26659 Cell width(s): 5
26660
26661 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26662 work all together.
26663
26664 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26665 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26666
26667 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26668 |-!- | | |
26669 | | | |
26670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26671
26672 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26673
26674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26675 |-!- | | |
26676 | | | |
26677 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26678 | | | |
26679 | | | |
26680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26681
26682 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26683
26684 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26685 | | | |
26686 | | | |
26687 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26688 | | | |
26689 | | | |
26690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26691 -!-
26692
26693 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26694 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26695 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26696
26697 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26698 | | | |
26699 | | | |
26700 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26701 | | | |
26702 | | | |
26703 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26704 |-!- | | |
26705 | | | |
26706 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26707
26708 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26709 results.
26710
26711 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26712 | | | |
26713 | | | |
26714 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26715 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26716 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26717 | | |expected results.-!- |
26718 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26719 | | | |
26720 | | | |
26721 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26722
26723 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26724
26725 \\{table-cell-map}
26726
26727 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26728
26729 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26730 Insert N table row(s).
26731 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26732 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26733 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26734 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26735
26736 \(fn N)" t nil)
26737
26738 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26739 Insert N table column(s).
26740 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26741 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26742 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26743 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26744
26745 \(fn N)" t nil)
26746
26747 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26748 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26749 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26750
26751 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26752
26753 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26754 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26755 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26756 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26757 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26758 all the table specific features.
26759
26760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26761
26762 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26763
26764
26765 \(fn)" t nil)
26766
26767 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26768 Recognize all tables within region.
26769 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26770 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26771 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26772 specific features.
26773
26774 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26775
26776 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26777
26778
26779 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26780
26781 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26782 Recognize a table at point.
26783 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26784 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26785 the table specific features.
26786
26787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26788
26789 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26790
26791
26792 \(fn)" t nil)
26793
26794 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26795 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26796 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26797 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26798 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26799 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26800 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26801
26802 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26803
26804 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26805
26806
26807 \(fn)" t nil)
26808
26809 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26810 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26811 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26812 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26813 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26814 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26815 specified.
26816
26817 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26818
26819 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26820 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26821 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26822 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26823 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26824 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26825 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26826 table structure.
26827
26828 \(fn N)" t nil)
26829
26830 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26831 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26832 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26833 table's rectangle structure.
26834
26835 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26836
26837 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26838 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26839 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26840 table's rectangle structure.
26841
26842 \(fn N)" t nil)
26843
26844 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26845 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26846 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26847 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26848 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26849
26850 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26851
26852 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26853 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26854 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26855
26856 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26857 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26858 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26859 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26860 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26861 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26862 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26863
26864 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26865 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26866 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26867 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26868 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26869 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26870 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26871
26872 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26873 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26874 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26875 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26876 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26877 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26878 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26879 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26880
26881 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26882
26883 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26884 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26885 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26886 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26887
26888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26889
26890 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26891 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26892 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26893
26894 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26895
26896 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26897 Split current cell vertically.
26898 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26899
26900 \(fn)" t nil)
26901
26902 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26903 Split current cell horizontally.
26904 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26905
26906 \(fn)" t nil)
26907
26908 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26909 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26910 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26911
26912 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26913
26914 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26915 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26916 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26917 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26918
26919 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26920
26921 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26922 Justify cell contents.
26923 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26924 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26925 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26926 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26927
26928 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26929
26930 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26931 Justify cells of a row.
26932 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26933 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26934
26935 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26936
26937 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26938 Justify cells of a column.
26939 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26940 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26941
26942 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26943
26944 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26945 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26946 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26947 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26948 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26949 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26950 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26951 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26952 run-time.
26953
26954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26955
26956 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26957 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26958 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26959 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26960 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26961 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26962 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26963 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26964 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26965 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26966 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26967
26968 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26969
26970 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26971 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26972 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26973 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26974 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26975 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26976 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26977 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26978 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26979 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26980 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26981 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26982 untouched.
26983
26984 References used for this implementation:
26985
26986 HTML:
26987 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26988
26989 LaTeX:
26990 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26991
26992 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26993 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26994 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26995
26996 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26997
26998 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26999 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27000 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27001 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27002 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27003 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27004 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27005 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27006 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27007 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27008 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27009 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27010 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27011 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27012 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27013 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27014 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27015
27016 Example:
27017
27018 (progn
27019 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27020 (table-forward-cell 15)
27021 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27022 (table-forward-cell 16)
27023 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27024 (table-forward-cell 1)
27025 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27026
27027 (progn
27028 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27029 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27030 (table-forward-cell 1)
27031 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27032
27033 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27034
27035 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27036 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27037 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27038 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27039 consists from cells of same height.
27040
27041 \(fn N)" t nil)
27042
27043 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27044 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27045 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27046 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27047 column must consists from cells of same width.
27048
27049 \(fn N)" t nil)
27050
27051 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27052 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27053 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27054 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27055 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27056 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27057 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27058 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27059 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27060 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27061 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27062 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27063 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27064 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27065 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27066
27067
27068 Example 1:
27069
27070 1, 2, 3, 4
27071 5, 6, 7, 8
27072 , 9, 10
27073
27074 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27075 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27076 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27077 specified as 5.
27078
27079 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27080 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27081 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27082 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27083 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27084 | | 9 | 10 | |
27085 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27086
27087 Note:
27088
27089 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27090 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27091 of each row is optional.
27092
27093
27094 Example 2:
27095
27096 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27097 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27098 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27099 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27100 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27101
27102 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27103 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27104
27105 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27106 expression and raw delimiter regular
27107 expression, it parses the specified text
27108 area and extracts cell items from
27109 non-table text and then forms a table out
27110 of them.
27111
27112 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27113 creates a single cell table. The text in
27114 the specified region is placed in that
27115 cell.-*-
27116
27117 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27118 like this.
27119
27120 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27121 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27122 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27123 | |
27124 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27125 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27126 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27127 | area and extracts cell items from |
27128 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27129 | of them. |
27130 | |
27131 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27132 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27133 | the specified region is placed in that |
27134 | cell. |
27135 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27136
27137 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27138 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27139 independently.
27140
27141 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27142 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27143 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27144 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27145 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27146 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27147 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27148 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27149 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27150 | |of them. |
27151 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27152 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27153 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27154 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27155 | |cell. |
27156 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27157
27158 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27159 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27160 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27161
27162 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27163
27164 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27165 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27166 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27167 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27168 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27169
27170 \(fn)" t nil)
27171
27172 ;;;***
27173 \f
27174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27176
27177 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27178 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27179
27180 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27181
27182 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27183 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27184
27185 \(fn)" t nil)
27186
27187 ;;;***
27188 \f
27189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22150 28229 26072
27190 ;;;;;; 702000))
27191 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27192
27193 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27194 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27199 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27200
27201 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27202 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27203 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27204 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27205
27206 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27207 \\{tar-mode-map}
27208
27209 \(fn)" t nil)
27210
27211 ;;;***
27212 \f
27213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22150 28228 934072
27214 ;;;;;; 702000))
27215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27216
27217 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27218 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27219 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27220 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27221 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27222 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27223
27224 Variables controlling indentation style:
27225 `tcl-indent-level'
27226 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27227 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27228 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27229
27230 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27231 documentation for details):
27232 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27233 Controls action of TAB key.
27234 `tcl-auto-newline'
27235 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27236 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27237 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27238 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27239 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27240
27241 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27242 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27243 already exist.
27244
27245 \(fn)" t nil)
27246
27247 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27248 Run inferior Tcl process.
27249 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27250 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27251
27252 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27253
27254 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27255 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27256 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27257
27258 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27259
27260 ;;;***
27261 \f
27262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22150 28228 406072
27263 ;;;;;; 702000))
27264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27265
27266 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27267 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27268 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27269 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27270
27271 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27272 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27273 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27274 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27275 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27276
27277 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27278
27279 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27280 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27281 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27282 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27283
27284 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27285
27286 ;;;***
27287 \f
27288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22305 18655 603719 883000))
27289 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27290
27291 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27292 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27293 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27294 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27295 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27296 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27297
27298 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27299
27300 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27301 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27302 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27303 commands to use in that buffer.
27304
27305 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27306
27307 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27308
27309 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27310 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27311
27312 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27313
27314 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27315 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27316 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27317 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27318 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27319 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27320 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27321 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27322 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27323 use in that buffer.
27324 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27325
27326 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27327
27328 ;;;***
27329 \f
27330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22150
27331 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
27332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27333
27334 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27335 Start coverage on function under point.
27336
27337 \(fn)" t nil)
27338
27339 ;;;***
27340 \f
27341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22189 64323 280321
27342 ;;;;;; 19000))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27344 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27345
27346 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27347 Play the Tetris game.
27348 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27349 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27350 as to form complete rows.
27351
27352 tetris-mode keybindings:
27353 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27354 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27355 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27356 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27357 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27358 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27359 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27360 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27361 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27362
27363 \(fn)" t nil)
27364
27365 ;;;***
27366 \f
27367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22197 58438
27368 ;;;;;; 727460 447000))
27369 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27370
27371 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27372 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27373
27374 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27375
27376 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27377 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27378 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27379 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27380 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27381
27382 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27383
27384 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27385 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27386 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27387 if it matches the first line of the file,
27388 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27389
27390 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27391
27392 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27393 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27394 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27395 if the variable is non-nil.")
27396
27397 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27398
27399 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27400 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27401
27402 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27403
27404 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27405 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27406 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27407 See the documentation of that variable.")
27408
27409 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27410
27411 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27412 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27413 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27414 See the documentation of that variable.")
27415
27416 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27417
27418 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27419 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27420 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27421 See the documentation of that variable.")
27422
27423 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27424
27425 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27426 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27427 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27428 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27429 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27430
27431 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27432
27433 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27434 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27435 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27436 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27437
27438 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27439
27440 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27441 User defined LaTeX block names.
27442 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27443
27444 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27445
27446 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27447 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27448 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27449 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27450
27451 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27452
27453 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27454 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27455 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27456 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27457
27458 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27459
27460 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27461 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27462 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27463 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27464
27465 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27466 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27467 for example,
27468
27469 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27470 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27471
27472 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27473 use.")
27474
27475 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27476
27477 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27478 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27479 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27480 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27481 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27482
27483 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27484
27485 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27486
27487 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27488 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27489 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27490
27491 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27492
27493 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27494 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27495 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27496 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27497 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27498
27499 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27500
27501 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27502 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27503
27504 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27505
27506 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27507 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27508
27509 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27510
27511 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27512 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27513 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27514 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27515 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27516 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27517 says which mode to use.
27518
27519 \(fn)" t nil)
27520
27521 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27522
27523 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27524
27525 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27526
27527 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27528 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27529 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27530 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27531 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27532
27533 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27534 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27535 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27536 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27537 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27538 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27539 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27540
27541 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27542 mismatched $'s or braces.
27543
27544 Special commands:
27545 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27546
27547 Mode variables:
27548 tex-run-command
27549 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27550 tex-directory
27551 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27552 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27553 tex-dvi-print-command
27554 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27555 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27556 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27557 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27558 tex-dvi-view-command
27559 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27560 tex-show-queue-command
27561 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27562 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27563
27564 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27565 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27566 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27567
27568 \(fn)" t nil)
27569
27570 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27571 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27572 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27573 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27574 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27575
27576 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27577 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27578 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27579 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27580 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27581 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27582 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27583
27584 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27585 mismatched $'s or braces.
27586
27587 Special commands:
27588 \\{latex-mode-map}
27589
27590 Mode variables:
27591 latex-run-command
27592 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27593 tex-directory
27594 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27595 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27596 tex-dvi-print-command
27597 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27598 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27599 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27600 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27601 tex-dvi-view-command
27602 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27603 tex-show-queue-command
27604 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27605 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27606
27607 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27608 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27609 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27610
27611 \(fn)" t nil)
27612
27613 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27614 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27615 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27616 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27617 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27618
27619 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27620 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27621 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27622 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27623 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27624 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27625 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27626
27627 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27628 mismatched $'s or braces.
27629
27630 Special commands:
27631 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27632
27633 Mode variables:
27634 slitex-run-command
27635 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27636 tex-directory
27637 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27638 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27639 tex-dvi-print-command
27640 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27641 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27642 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27643 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27644 tex-dvi-view-command
27645 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27646 tex-show-queue-command
27647 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27648 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27649
27650 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27651 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27652 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27653 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27654
27655 \(fn)" t nil)
27656
27657 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27658
27659
27660 \(fn)" nil nil)
27661
27662 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27663 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27664
27665 \(fn)" t nil)
27666
27667 ;;;***
27668 \f
27669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22197 58438
27670 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27672
27673 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27674 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27675 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27676 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27677
27678 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27679 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27680 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27681
27682 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27683
27684 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27685 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27686 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27687 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27688 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27689
27690 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27691
27692 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27693 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27694 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27695 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27696
27697 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27698 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27699 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27700 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27701
27702 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27703 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27704
27705 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27706
27707 ;;;***
27708 \f
27709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22197 58438
27710 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27712
27713 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27714 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27715
27716 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27717
27718 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27719 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27720
27721 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27722
27723 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27724 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27725
27726 It has these extra commands:
27727 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27728
27729 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27730 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27731 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27732 modified version of TeX input format.
27733
27734 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27735 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27736 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27737 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27738
27739 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27740 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27741 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27742 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27743 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27744 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27745 in the Texinfo file.
27746
27747 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27748 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27749 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27750 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27751 move forward past the closing brace.
27752
27753 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27754 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27755
27756 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27757 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27758 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27759
27760 Here are the functions:
27761
27762 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27763 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27764 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27765
27766 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27767 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27768 texinfo-master-menu
27769
27770 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27771
27772 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27773 which menu descriptions are indented.
27774
27775 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27776 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27777 in the region.
27778
27779 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27780 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27781 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27782 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27783
27784 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27785 be the first node in the file.
27786
27787 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27788 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27789
27790 \(fn)" t nil)
27791
27792 ;;;***
27793 \f
27794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22150
27795 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27796 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27797
27798 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27799 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27800 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27801 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27802
27803 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27804
27805 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27806 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27807
27808 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27809
27810 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27811 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27812
27813 \(fn)" t nil)
27814
27815 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27816
27817
27818 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27819
27820 ;;;***
27821 \f
27822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22225 37858 570976
27823 ;;;;;; 240000))
27824 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27825
27826 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27827 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27828 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27829 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27830 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27831 `line', and `page'.
27832
27833 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27834
27835 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27836 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27837 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27838 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27839 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27840 `line', and `page'.
27841
27842 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27843 valid THING.
27844
27845 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27846 positions of the thing found.
27847
27848 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27849
27850 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27851 Return the THING at point.
27852 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27853 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27854 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27855 `line', `number', and `page'.
27856
27857 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27858 strip text properties from the return value.
27859
27860 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27861 a symbol as a valid THING.
27862
27863 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27864
27865 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27866 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27867
27868 \(fn)" nil nil)
27869
27870 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27871 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27872
27873 \(fn)" nil nil)
27874
27875 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27876 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27877
27878 \(fn)" nil nil)
27879
27880 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27881 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27882
27883 \(fn)" nil nil)
27884
27885 ;;;***
27886 \f
27887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22150 28229 198072 702000))
27888 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27889
27890 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27891 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27892
27893 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27894
27895 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27896 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27897 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27898 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27899
27900 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27901
27902 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27903 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27904
27905 \(fn)" t nil)
27906
27907 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27908 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27909
27910 \(fn)" t nil)
27911
27912 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27913
27914 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27915 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27916
27917 \(fn)" t nil)
27918
27919 ;;;***
27920 \f
27921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22150 28227
27922 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
27923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27924 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27925
27926 ;;;***
27927 \f
27928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22150
27929 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27930 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27931
27932 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27933 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27934 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27935
27936 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27937
27938 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27939 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27940
27941 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27942
27943 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27944 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27945 The returned string has no composition information.
27946
27947 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27948
27949 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27950 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27951
27952 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27953
27954 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27955 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27956
27957 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27958
27959 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27960 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27961 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27962 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27963
27964 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27965
27966 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27967 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27968 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27969 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27970
27971 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27972
27973 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27974 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27975 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27976
27977 \(fn)" t nil)
27978
27979 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27980 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27981 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27982
27983 \(fn)" t nil)
27984
27985 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27986
27987
27988 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27989
27990 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27991
27992
27993 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27994
27995 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27996
27997
27998 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27999
28000 ;;;***
28001 \f
28002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22165 43181
28003 ;;;;;; 139854 955000))
28004 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28005 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28006
28007 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28008 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28009 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28010 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28011 parameters.
28012 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28013 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28014 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28015
28016 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28017
28018 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28019 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28020 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28021 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28022 parameters.
28023 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28024 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28025 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28026
28027 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28028
28029 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28030 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28031
28032 If
28033 * character before point is a space character,
28034 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28035 constituent),
28036 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28037 characters) from before the space character, and
28038 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28039 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28040 return t.
28041
28042 Otherwise, if
28043 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28044 * character before point is a space character, and
28045 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28046 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28047 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28048
28049 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28050
28051 \(fn)" t nil)
28052
28053 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28054 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28055
28056 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28057 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28058 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28059 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28060
28061 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28062 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28063 variable will be set to the representation.
28064
28065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28066
28067 ;;;***
28068 \f
28069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22150 28229 202072 702000))
28070 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28071
28072 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28073 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28074
28075 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28076 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28077
28078 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28079 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28080 This display updates automatically every minute.
28081 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28082 are displayed as well.
28083 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28084
28085 \(fn)" t nil)
28086
28087 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28088 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28089 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28092 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28093
28094 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28095
28096 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28097 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28098 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28099 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28100 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28101
28102 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28103 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28104 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28105 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28106 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28107
28108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28109
28110 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28111 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28112 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28113 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28114
28115 \(fn)" t nil)
28116
28117 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28118 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28119 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28120 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28121
28122 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28123
28124 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28125 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28126
28127 \(fn)" t nil)
28128
28129 ;;;***
28130 \f
28131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22150
28132 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28134
28135 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28136 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28137 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28138
28139 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28140 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28141 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28142 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28143 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28144 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28145
28146 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28147 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28148
28149 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28150
28151 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28152 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28153
28154 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28155
28156 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28157 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28158 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28159
28160 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28161
28162 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28163 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28164 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28165 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28166
28167 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28168 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28169 DATE should be a date-time string.
28170
28171 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28172
28173 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28174 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28175 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28176
28177 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28178
28179 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28180 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28181
28182 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28183
28184 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28185 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28186
28187 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28188
28189 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28190 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28191 TIME should be a time value.
28192 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28193
28194 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28195
28196 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28197 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28198 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28199
28200 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28203 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28204 The valid format specifiers are:
28205 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28206 %d is the number of days.
28207 %h is the number of hours.
28208 %m is the number of minutes.
28209 %s is the number of seconds.
28210 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28211 %% is a literal \"%\".
28212
28213 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28214 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28215
28216 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28217 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28218 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28219
28220 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28221 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28222 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28223
28224 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28225
28226 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28227
28228 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28229 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28230
28231 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28232
28233 ;;;***
28234 \f
28235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22212 25823 511089
28236 ;;;;;; 159000))
28237 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28238 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28239 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28240 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28241 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28242 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28243 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28244 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28245 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28246
28247 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28248 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28249 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28250 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28251 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28252 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28253 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28254 look like one of the following:
28255 Time-stamp: <>
28256 Time-stamp: \" \"
28257 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28258 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28259 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28260 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28261 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28262 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28263 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28264 the template.
28265
28266 \(fn)" t nil)
28267
28268 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28269 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28270 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28271
28272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28273
28274 ;;;***
28275 \f
28276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22150
28277 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28279 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28280
28281 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28282 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28283 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28286 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28287
28288 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28289
28290 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28291 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28292 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28293 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28294 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28295 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28296 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28297 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28298 display (non-nil means on).
28299
28300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28301
28302 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28303 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28304 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28305 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28306 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28307 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28308 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28309 this function is called within a day.
28310
28311 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28312 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28313 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28314 discover the name of the project.
28315
28316 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28317
28318 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28319 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28320 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28321 begun during the last time segment.
28322
28323 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28324 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28325 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28326 discover the reason.
28327
28328 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28329
28330 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28331 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28332 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28333 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28334 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28335
28336 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28337
28338 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28339 Change to working on a different project.
28340 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28341 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28342 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28343 working on.
28344
28345 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28346
28347 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28348 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28349 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28350
28351 \(fn)" nil nil)
28352
28353 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28354 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28355 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28356
28357 \(fn)" t nil)
28358
28359 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28360 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28361 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28362 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28363 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28364 \"relative to today\".
28365
28366 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28367
28368 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28369 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28370 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28371 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28372
28373 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28374
28375 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28376 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28377 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28378 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28379 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28380 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28381
28382 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28383
28384 ;;;***
28385 \f
28386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28387 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
28388 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28389
28390 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28391 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28392 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28393 the generated Quail package is saved.
28394
28395 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28396
28397 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28398 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28399 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28400 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28401 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28402 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28403 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28404
28405 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28406
28407 ;;;***
28408 \f
28409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22295 25908 202516 451000))
28410 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28411 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28412 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28413
28414 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28415 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28416 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28417 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28418 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28419
28420 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28421 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28422 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28423
28424 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28425
28426 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28427 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28428 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28429 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28430 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28431
28432 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28433
28434 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28435 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28436 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28437 in the menu in two ways:
28438 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28439 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28440 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28441
28442 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28443 keymap or an alist of alists.
28444 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28445 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28446
28447 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28448
28449 ;;;***
28450 \f
28451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22304
28452 ;;;;;; 40885 29243 884000))
28453 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28454
28455 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28456 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28457
28458 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28459 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28460 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28461 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28462 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28463 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28464 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28465 file was last visited.
28466
28467 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28468 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28469 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28470 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28471 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28472 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28473 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28474 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28475 for the first item.
28476
28477 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28478 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28479 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28480 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28481 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28482 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28483 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28484 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28485
28486 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28487 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28488 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28489 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28490 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28491
28492 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28493
28494 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28495 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28496
28497 \\{todo-mode-map}
28498
28499 \(fn)" t nil)
28500
28501 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28502 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28503
28504 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28505
28506 \(fn)" t nil)
28507
28508 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28509 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28510
28511 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28512
28513 \(fn)" t nil)
28514
28515 ;;;***
28516 \f
28517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22150 28229 202072
28518 ;;;;;; 702000))
28519 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28520
28521 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28522 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28523 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28524
28525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28526
28527 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28528 Add an item to the tool bar.
28529 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28530 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28531 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28532 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28533
28534 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28535 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28536 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28537 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28538
28539 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28540 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28541
28542 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28543
28544 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28545 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28546 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28547 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28548 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28549 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28550
28551 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28552 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28553 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28554 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28555
28556 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28557
28558 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28559 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28560 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28561 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28562 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28563 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28564 properties to add to the binding.
28565
28566 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28567
28568 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28569 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28570
28571 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28572
28573 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28574 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28575 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28576 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28577 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28578 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28579 properties to add to the binding.
28580
28581 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28582 holds a keymap.
28583
28584 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28585
28586 ;;;***
28587 \f
28588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22150 28227 458072
28589 ;;;;;; 702000))
28590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28591
28592 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28593 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28594 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28595 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28596 to a tcp server on another machine.
28597
28598 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28599
28600 ;;;***
28601 \f
28602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22150 28227
28603 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
28604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28605
28606 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28607 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28608
28609 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28610
28611 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28612 Helper function to get internal values.
28613 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28614
28615 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28616
28617 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28618 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28619 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28620 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28621
28622 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28623 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28624 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28625 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28626 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28627
28628 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28629 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28630 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28631 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28632
28633 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28634
28635 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28636
28637 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28638 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28639 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28640 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28641
28642 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28643
28644 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28645
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22272 64438 268671
28649 ;;;;;; 103000))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28651
28652 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28653 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28654 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28655
28656 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28657
28658 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28659 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28660
28661 It can have the following values:
28662
28663 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28664 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28665
28666 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28667
28668 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28669 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28670 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28671 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28672
28673 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28674
28675 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28676 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28677 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28678 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28679
28680 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28681 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28682 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28683 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28684 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28685 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28686 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28687 files which are not really Tramp files.
28688
28689 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28690 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28691 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28692 updated after changing this variable.
28693
28694 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28695
28696 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28697 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28698 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28699 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28700
28701 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28702
28703 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28704 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28705 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28706 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28707
28708 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28709 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28710 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28711
28712 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28713 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28714 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28715 updated after changing this variable.
28716
28717 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28718
28719 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28720 Alist of completion handler functions.
28721 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28722 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28723 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28724
28725 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28726 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28727 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28728 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28729
28730 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28731 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28732 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28733
28734 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28735 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28736
28737 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28738 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28739
28740 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28741
28742 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28743
28744
28745 \(fn)" nil nil)
28746
28747 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28748 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28749
28750 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28751
28752 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28753 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28754
28755 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28756
28757 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28758 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28759
28760 \(fn)" t nil)
28761
28762 ;;;***
28763 \f
28764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22150 28228
28765 ;;;;;; 410072 702000))
28766 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28767
28768 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28769
28770
28771 \(fn)" nil nil)
28772
28773 ;;;***
28774 \f
28775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22150 28228 442072
28776 ;;;;;; 702000))
28777 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28778 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28779
28780 ;;;***
28781 \f
28782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22150 28229 206072
28783 ;;;;;; 702000))
28784 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28785
28786 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28787 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28788 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28789 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28790 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28791 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28792 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28793 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28794
28795 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28796 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28797 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28798
28799 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28800 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28801 resumed later.
28802
28803 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28804
28805 ;;;***
28806 \f
28807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22086 11929
28808 ;;;;;; 906062 731000))
28809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28810
28811 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28812
28813
28814 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28815
28816 ;;;***
28817 \f
28818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22150
28819 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
28820 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28821 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28822 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28823 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28824
28825 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28826 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28827 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28828 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28829 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28830 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28831 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28832
28833 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28834
28835 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28836 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28837 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28838 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28839
28840 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28841
28842 \(fn)" t nil)
28843
28844 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28845 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28846 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28847 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28848 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28849 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28850 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28851
28852 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28853 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28854
28855 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28856 \\___/\\
28857 / \\
28858 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28859
28860 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28861
28862 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28863
28864 ;;;***
28865 \f
28866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22189 64323 316321
28867 ;;;;;; 19000))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28869
28870 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28871 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28872 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28875 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28876
28877 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28878
28879 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28880 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28881 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28882
28883 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28884 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28885 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28886 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28887 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28888 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28889 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28890
28891 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28892 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28893
28894 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28895 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28896 reset the keystroke counter.
28897
28898 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28899 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28900 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28901 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28902
28903 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28904 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28905 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28906 `type-break-schedule' command.
28907
28908 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28909 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28910 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28911 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28912 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28913 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28914 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28915 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28916 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28917
28918 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28919 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28920 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28921 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28922 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28923
28924 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28925 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28926 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28927 approximate good values for this.
28928
28929 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28930 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28931
28932 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28933 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28934 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28935 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28936 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28937 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28938
28939 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28940 a typing break occur. They include:
28941
28942 `type-break-query-mode'
28943 `type-break-query-function'
28944 `type-break-query-interval'
28945
28946 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28947
28948 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28949 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28950 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28951 problems.
28952
28953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28954
28955 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28956 Take a typing break.
28957
28958 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28959 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28960
28961 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28962 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28963
28964 \(fn)" t nil)
28965
28966 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28967 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28968 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28969 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28970
28971 \(fn)" t nil)
28972
28973 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28974 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28975
28976 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28977 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28978 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28979 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28980 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28981 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28982 average typing speed.)
28983
28984 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28985 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28986 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28987 the computed maximum threshold.
28988
28989 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28990 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28991 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28992 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28993 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28994
28995 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28996
28997 ;;;***
28998 \f
28999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22150 28228 258072 702000))
29000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29001
29002 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29003 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29004 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29005 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29006 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29007
29008 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29009
29010 ;;;***
29011 \f
29012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29013 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29015
29016 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29017 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29018
29019 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29020
29021 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29022 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29023
29024 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29025
29026 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29027 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29028
29029 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29030
29031 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29032 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29033
29034 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29035
29036 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29037 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29038
29039 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29040
29041 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29042 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29043
29044 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29045
29046 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29047 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29048
29049 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29050
29051 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29052 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29053
29054 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29055
29056 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29057 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29058
29059 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29060
29061 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29062 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29063
29064 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29065
29066 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29067 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29068
29069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29070
29071 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29072 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29073
29074 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29075
29076 ;;;***
29077 \f
29078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22150
29079 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
29080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29081
29082 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29083 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29084 Works by overstriking underscores.
29085 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29086 which specify the range to operate on.
29087
29088 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29089
29090 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29091 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29092 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29093 which specify the range to operate on.
29094
29095 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29096
29097 ;;;***
29098 \f
29099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22150 28228 258072
29100 ;;;;;; 702000))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29102
29103 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29104 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29105 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29106 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29107 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29108 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29109
29110 \(fn)" nil nil)
29111
29112 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29113 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29114 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29115
29116 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29117
29118 ;;;***
29119 \f
29120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22150 28227
29121 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29123
29124 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29125 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29126 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29127 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29128
29129 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29130
29131 ;;;***
29132 \f
29133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22150 28229 234072 702000))
29134 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29135
29136 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29137 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29138 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29139 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29140 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29141
29142 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29143 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29144 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29145 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29146 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29147 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29148
29149 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29150 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29151 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29152
29153 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29154 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29155 the callback is not called).
29156
29157 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29158 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29159 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29160 take effect.
29161
29162 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29163 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29164 the server.
29165 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29166 URL-encoded before it's used.
29167
29168 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29171 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29172 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29173 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29174 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29175
29176 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29177
29178 ;;;***
29179 \f
29180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22150 28229 210072
29181 ;;;;;; 702000))
29182 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29183
29184 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29185 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29186 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29187
29188 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29189 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29190 `url-generic-parse-url'
29191 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29192 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29193 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29194 realm
29195 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29196 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29197 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29198 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29199 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29200 what type of auth to use
29201 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29202 if one cannot be found in the cache
29203
29204 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29205
29206 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29207 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29208
29209 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29210 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29211 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29212 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29213 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29214 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29215 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29216 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29217
29218 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29219
29220 ;;;***
29221 \f
29222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22150 28229
29223 ;;;;;; 210072 702000))
29224 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29225
29226 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29227 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29228
29229 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29230
29231 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29232 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29233 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29234
29235 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29236
29237 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29238 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29239
29240 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29241
29242 ;;;***
29243 \f
29244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22150 28229 210072
29245 ;;;;;; 702000))
29246 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29247
29248 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29249
29250
29251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29252
29253 ;;;***
29254 \f
29255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22150 28229 214072
29256 ;;;;;; 702000))
29257 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29258
29259 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29260 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29261 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29262
29263 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29264
29265 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29266 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29267 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29268 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29269
29270 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29271 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29272 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29273 though.
29274
29275 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29276
29277 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29278 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29279 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29280
29281 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29282
29283 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29284
29285
29286 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29287
29288 ;;;***
29289 \f
29290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22150 28229 214072
29291 ;;;;;; 702000))
29292 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29293
29294 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29295 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29296
29297 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29298
29299 ;;;***
29300 \f
29301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22150 28229 218072
29302 ;;;;;; 702000))
29303 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29304
29305 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29306 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29307
29308 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29309
29310 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29311 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29312 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29313 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29314 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29315
29316 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29317 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29318
29319 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29320
29321 ;;;***
29322 \f
29323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22150
29324 ;;;;;; 28229 218072 702000))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29326
29327 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29328 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29329 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29332 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29333
29334 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29335
29336 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29337 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29341
29342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29343
29344 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29345 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29346 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29347 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29348
29349 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29350
29351 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29352 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29353 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29354 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29355 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29356 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29357 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29358 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29359 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29360 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29361
29362 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29365 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29366 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29367 accessible.
29368
29369 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29372 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29373 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29374 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29375
29376 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29377
29378 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29379
29380
29381 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29382
29383 ;;;***
29384 \f
29385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22229 34898 908051
29386 ;;;;;; 395000))
29387 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29388 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29389
29390 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29391 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29392 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29393 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29394 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29395
29396 ;;;***
29397 \f
29398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29399 ;;;;;; 702000))
29400 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29401
29402 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29403
29404
29405 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29406
29407 ;;;***
29408 \f
29409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22150 28229 222072
29410 ;;;;;; 702000))
29411 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29412
29413 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29414 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29415 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29416 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29417 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29418
29419 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29420
29421 ;;;***
29422 \f
29423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22150 28229
29424 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29425 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29426
29427 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29428
29429
29430 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29431
29432 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29433 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29434
29435 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29436
29437 ;;;***
29438 \f
29439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29440 ;;;;;; 702000))
29441 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29442
29443 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29444 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29445
29446 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29447
29448 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29449 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29450
29451 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29452
29453 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29454
29455
29456 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29457
29458 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29459
29460 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29461
29462 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29463
29464 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29465 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29466
29467 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29468
29469 ;;;***
29470 \f
29471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22150 28229 222072
29472 ;;;;;; 702000))
29473 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29474
29475 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29476
29477
29478 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29479
29480 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29481
29482
29483 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29484
29485 ;;;***
29486 \f
29487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22150 28229 222072
29488 ;;;;;; 702000))
29489 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29490
29491 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29492
29493
29494 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29495
29496 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29497
29498
29499 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29500
29501 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29502
29503
29504 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29505
29506 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29507
29508
29509 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29510
29511 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29512
29513
29514 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29515
29516 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29517
29518
29519 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29520
29521 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29522
29523
29524 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29525
29526 ;;;***
29527 \f
29528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22150 28229
29529 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29530 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29531
29532 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29533 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29534
29535 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29536
29537 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29538 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29539 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29540
29541 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29542 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29543 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29544 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29545 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29546 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29547 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29548 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29549 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29550 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29551 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29552 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29553 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29554 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29555
29556 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29557 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29558 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29559
29560 Here is an example. The URL
29561
29562 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29563
29564 parses to
29565
29566 TYPE = \"foo\"
29567 USER = \"bob\"
29568 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29569 HOST = \"example.com\"
29570 PORTSPEC = 42
29571 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29572 TARGET = \"nose\"
29573 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29574 FULLNESS = t
29575
29576 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29577
29578 ;;;***
29579 \f
29580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22150 28229
29581 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29583
29584 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29585 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29586
29587 \(fn)" t nil)
29588
29589 ;;;***
29590 \f
29591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22150 28229
29592 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
29593 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29594
29595 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29596 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29597 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29598 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29599 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29600 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29601
29602 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29603
29604 ;;;***
29605 \f
29606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22165 43181
29607 ;;;;;; 143854 955000))
29608 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29609
29610 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29611 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29612 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29613
29614 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29615
29616 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29617 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29618 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29619 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29620
29621 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29622
29623 ;;;***
29624 \f
29625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22150 28229 234072
29626 ;;;;;; 702000))
29627 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29628
29629 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29630 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29631 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29632
29633 If t, all messages will be logged.
29634 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29635 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29636
29637 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29638
29639 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29640
29641
29642 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29643
29644 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29645
29646
29647 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29648
29649 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29650 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29651 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29652 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29653 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29654 & ==> &amp;
29655 < ==> &lt;
29656 > ==> &gt;
29657 \" ==> &quot;
29658
29659 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29660
29661 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29662 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29663 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29664
29665 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29666
29667 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29668 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29669 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29670
29671 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29672
29673 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29674 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29675
29676 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29677
29678 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29679 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29680
29681 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29682
29683 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29684 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29685
29686 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29687
29688 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29689
29690
29691 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29692
29693 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29694
29695
29696 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29697
29698 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29699
29700 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29701 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29702
29703 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29704
29705 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29706 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29707
29708 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29709
29710 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29711
29712
29713 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29714
29715 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29716 Build a query-string.
29717
29718 Given a QUERY in the form:
29719 ((key1 val1)
29720 (key2 val2)
29721 (key3 val1 val2)
29722 (key4)
29723 (key5 \"\"))
29724
29725 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29726
29727 This will return a string
29728 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29729 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29730 be used.
29731
29732 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29733
29734 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29735 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29736
29737 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29738
29739 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29740 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29741 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29742 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29743 forbidden in URL encoding.
29744
29745 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29746
29747 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29748 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29749 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29750 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29751 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29752 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29753
29754 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29755 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29756 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29757 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29758
29759 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29760
29761 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29762 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29763 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29764 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29765 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29766 should return it unchanged.
29767
29768 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29769
29770 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29771 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29772 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29773 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29774
29775 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29776
29777 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29778 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29779 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29780
29781 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29782
29783 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29784 View the current document's URL.
29785 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29786 the minibuffer.
29787
29788 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29789
29790 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29791
29792 ;;;***
29793 \f
29794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22150 28229 234072
29795 ;;;;;; 702000))
29796 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29797
29798 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29799 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29800 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29801 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29802 to refrain from editing the file
29803 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29804 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29805 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29806 in any way you like.
29807
29808 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29809
29810 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29811 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29812 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29813 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29814 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29815
29816 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29817 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29818
29819 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29820
29821 ;;;***
29822 \f
29823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22150 28228
29824 ;;;;;; 134072 702000))
29825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29826
29827 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29828
29829
29830 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29831
29832 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29833
29834
29835 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29836
29837 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29838
29839
29840 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29841
29842 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29843
29844
29845 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29846
29847 ;;;***
29848 \f
29849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
29850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29851
29852 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29853 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29854
29855 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29856
29857 ;;;***
29858 \f
29859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22150 28228
29860 ;;;;;; 258072 702000))
29861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29862
29863 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29864 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29865 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29866 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29867
29868 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29869
29870 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29871 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29872 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29873
29874 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29875
29876 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29877 Uudecode region between START and END.
29878 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29879
29880 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29881
29882 ;;;***
29883 \f
29884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22150 28229 306072 702000))
29885 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29886
29887 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29888 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29889 See `run-hooks'.")
29890
29891 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29892
29893 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29894 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29895 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29896
29897 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29898
29899 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29900 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29901 See `run-hooks'.")
29902
29903 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29904
29905 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29906 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29907
29908 If FILE is already registered, return the
29909 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29910 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29911 responsible for FILE is returned.
29912
29913 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29914
29915 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29916 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29917 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29918 same state. If not, signal an error.
29919
29920 For merging-based version control systems:
29921 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29922 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29923 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29924 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29925 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29926 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29927
29928 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29929 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29930 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29931 the file(s) for editing.
29932 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29933 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29934 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29935 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29936 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29937
29938 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29939
29940 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29941 Register into a version control system.
29942 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29943 Otherwise register the current file.
29944 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29945
29946 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29947 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29948 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29949 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29950 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29951 first backend that could register the file is used.
29952
29953 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29954
29955 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29956 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29957
29958 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29959
29960 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29961 Display diffs between file revisions.
29962 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29963 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29964 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29965
29966 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29967 saving the buffer.
29968
29969 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29970
29971 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29972 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29973 repository history using ediff.
29974
29975 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29976
29977 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29978 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29979 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29980 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29981 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29982
29983 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29984 saving the buffer.
29985
29986 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29987
29988 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29989 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29990 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29991 fileset with the working revision.
29992 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29993 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29994
29995 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29996 saving the buffer.
29997
29998 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29999
30000 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30001 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30002 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30003
30004 \(fn)" nil nil)
30005
30006 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30007 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30008 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30009 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30010
30011 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30012
30013 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30014 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30015 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30016 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30017
30018 \(fn)" t nil)
30019
30020 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30021 Perform a version control merge operation.
30022 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30023 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30024 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30025 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30026
30027 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30028 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30029 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30030 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30031 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30032 changes from the current branch.
30033
30034 \(fn)" t nil)
30035
30036 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30037 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30038
30039 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30040
30041 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30042
30043 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30044 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30045 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30046 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30047 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30048 checked out in that new branch.
30049
30050 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30051
30052 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30053 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30054 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30055 named branch in the directory DIR.
30056 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30057 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30058 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30059 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30060 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30061 allowed and simply skipped).
30062
30063 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30064
30065 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30066 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30067 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30068 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30069 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30070
30071 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30072 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30073
30074 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30075
30076 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30077 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30078 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30079 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30080 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30081
30082 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30083
30084 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30085 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30086 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30087
30088 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30089
30090 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30091 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30092 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30093
30094 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30095
30096 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30097 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30098
30099 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30100
30101 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30102 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30103 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30104 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30105
30106 \(fn)" t nil)
30107
30108 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30109
30110 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30111 Update the current fileset or branch.
30112 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30113 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30114 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30115 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30116 command to run.
30117
30118 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30119 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30120 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30121 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30122 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30123
30124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30125
30126 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30127
30128 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30129 Push the current branch.
30130 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30131 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30132 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30133 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30134 VCS command to run.
30135
30136 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30137 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30138
30139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30140
30141 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30142 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30143 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30144 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30145 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30146 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30147 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30148
30149 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30150
30151 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30152 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30153 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30154 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30155 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30156 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30157 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30158 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30159 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30160
30161 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30162
30163 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30164 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30165 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30166 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30167
30168 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30169
30170 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30171 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30172 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30173 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30174
30175 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30176
30177 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30178 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30179 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30180 directory.
30181
30182 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30183
30184 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30185 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30186 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30187
30188 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30189 log entries should be gathered.
30190
30191 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30192
30193 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30194 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30195
30196 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30197
30198 ;;;***
30199 \f
30200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22271 43574
30201 ;;;;;; 247751 139000))
30202 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30203
30204 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30205 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30206
30207 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30208 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30209 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30210 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30211 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30212 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30213
30214 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30215 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30216 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30217 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30218 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30219 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30220 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30221 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30222
30223 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30224
30225 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30226
30227 Customization variables:
30228
30229 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30230 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30231 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30232 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30233 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30234 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30235
30236 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30237
30238 ;;;***
30239 \f
30240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22150 28229 290072
30241 ;;;;;; 702000))
30242 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30243
30244 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30245 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30246
30247 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30248 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30249 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30250 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30251 (progn
30252 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30253 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30254
30255 ;;;***
30256 \f
30257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22150 28229 290072
30258 ;;;;;; 702000))
30259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30260 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30261 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30262 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30263 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30264 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30265 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30266
30267 ;;;***
30268 \f
30269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22150 28229 294072
30270 ;;;;;; 702000))
30271 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30272
30273 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30274 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30275 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30276 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30277 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30278
30279 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30280 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30281 The file lines appear later.
30282
30283 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30284 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30285
30286 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30287
30288 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30289
30290 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30291
30292 ;;;***
30293 \f
30294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22150
30295 ;;;;;; 28229 294072 702000))
30296 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30297
30298 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30299 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30300 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30301 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30302 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30303 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30304 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30305 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30306 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30307 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30308 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30309 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30310 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30311 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30312 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30313
30314 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30315
30316 ;;;***
30317 \f
30318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22305 18655 607719
30319 ;;;;;; 883000))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30321 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30322 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30323 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30324 (progn
30325 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30326 (vc-git-registered file))))
30327
30328 ;;;***
30329 \f
30330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22188 43494 205543 203000))
30331 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30332 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30333 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30334 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30335 (progn
30336 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30337 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30338
30339 ;;;***
30340 \f
30341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22188 43494 205543
30342 ;;;;;; 203000))
30343 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30344
30345 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30346 Name of the monotone directory.")
30347
30348 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30349 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30350 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30351 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30352 (progn
30353 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30354 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30355
30356 ;;;***
30357 \f
30358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30359 ;;;;;; 702000))
30360 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30361
30362 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30363 Where to look for RCS master files.
30364 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30365
30366 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30367
30368 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30369
30370 ;;;***
30371 \f
30372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30373 ;;;;;; 702000))
30374 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30375
30376 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30377 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30378 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30379
30380 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30381
30382 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30383
30384 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30385 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30386 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30387 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30388
30389 ;;;***
30390 \f
30391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22150 28229 302072
30392 ;;;;;; 702000))
30393 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30394
30395 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30396 Where to look for SRC master files.
30397 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30398
30399 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30400
30401 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30402
30403 ;;;***
30404 \f
30405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22150 28229 302072
30406 ;;;;;; 702000))
30407 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30408 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30409 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30410 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30411 "_svn")
30412 (t ".svn"))))
30413 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30414 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30415 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30416
30417 ;;;***
30418 \f
30419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22197
30420 ;;;;;; 58438 563460 447000))
30421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30422 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30423 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30424
30425 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30426 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30427
30428 Usage:
30429 ------
30430
30431 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30432 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30433 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30434 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30435
30436 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30437 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30438 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30439 completions.
30440
30441 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30442 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30443
30444 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30445 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30446
30447 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30448 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30449 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30450
30451 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30452
30453
30454 Maintenance:
30455 ------------
30456
30457 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30458 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30459
30460 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30461
30462 Official distribution is at
30463 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30464
30465
30466 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30467 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30468
30469 Key bindings:
30470 -------------
30471
30472 \\{vera-mode-map}
30473
30474 \(fn)" t nil)
30475
30476 ;;;***
30477 \f
30478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30479 ;;;;;; (22197 58438 615460 447000))
30480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30481
30482 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30483 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30484 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30485 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30486 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30487
30488 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30489
30490 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30491 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30492
30493 Supports highlighting.
30494
30495 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30496 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30497
30498 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30499
30500 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30501 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30502 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30503 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30504 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30505 on the left side of your screen.
30506 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30507 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30508 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30509 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30510 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30511 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30512 function keyword.
30513 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30514 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30515 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30516 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30517 if (a)
30518 begin
30519 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30520 Indentation for case statements.
30521 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30522 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30523 mark after an end.
30524 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30525 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30526 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30527 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30528 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30529 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30530 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30531 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30532 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30533 if (a)
30534 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30535 otherwise you get:
30536 if (a)
30537 begin
30538 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30539 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30540 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30541 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30542 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30543 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30544 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30545 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30546 comments in tight quarters.
30547 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30548 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30549
30550 Variables controlling other actions:
30551
30552 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30553 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30554 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30555
30556 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30557
30558 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30559
30560 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30561 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30562 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30563
30564 Some other functions are:
30565
30566 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30567 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30568 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30569 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30570 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30571
30572 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30573 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30574 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30575 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30576
30577 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30578 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30579 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30580 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30581 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30582 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30583 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30584 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30585 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30586 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30587 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30588 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30589 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30590 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30591 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30592 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30593 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30594 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30595 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30596 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30597 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30598 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30599 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30600 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30601 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30602 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30603 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30604 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30605 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30606 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30607 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30608
30609 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30610 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30611
30612 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30613
30614 \(fn)" t nil)
30615
30616 ;;;***
30617 \f
30618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22292
30619 ;;;;;; 49734 746738 351000))
30620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30621
30622 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30623 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30624
30625 Usage:
30626 ------
30627
30628 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30629 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30630 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30631 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30632 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30633 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30634 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30635 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30636 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30637
30638 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30639 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30640 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30641 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30642
30643 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30644 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30645 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30646 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30647 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30648
30649 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30650 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30651
30652
30653 HEADER INSERTION:
30654 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30655 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30656 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30657
30658
30659 STUTTERING:
30660 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30661 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30662 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30663 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30664
30665 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30666 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30667 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30668 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30669 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30670
30671
30672 WORD COMPLETION:
30673 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30674 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30675 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30676 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30677
30678 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30679 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30680 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30681 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30682 beginning with \"std\").
30683
30684 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30685 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30686 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30687 stop.
30688
30689
30690 COMMENTS:
30691 `--' puts a single comment.
30692 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30693 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30694 with a comment in between.
30695 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30696 out following lines.
30697 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30698 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30699 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30700 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30701
30702 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30703 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30704 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30705 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30706 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30707 non-nil.
30708
30709 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30710 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30711 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30712 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30713 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30714 multi-line comments.
30715
30716
30717 INDENTATION:
30718 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30719 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30720 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30721 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30722 the entire region.
30723
30724 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30725 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30726 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30727 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30728
30729 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30730 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30731 tabs and vice versa.
30732
30733 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30734 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30735
30736 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30737 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30738 line.
30739
30740
30741 ALIGNMENT:
30742 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30743 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30744 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30745 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30746 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30747 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30748 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30749 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30750
30751 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30752 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30753 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30754 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30755 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30756 is non-nil.
30757
30758 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30759 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30760 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30761
30762 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30763 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30764
30765
30766 CODE FILLING:
30767 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30768 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30769 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30770 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30771 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30772 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30773
30774
30775 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30776 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30777 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30778 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30779 command:
30780
30781 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30782
30783
30784 PORT TRANSLATION:
30785 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30786 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30787 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30788 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30789 internal signal initializations (menu).
30790
30791 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30792 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30793 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30794
30795 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30796 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30797 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30798 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30799 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30800 in subsequent paste operations.)
30801
30802 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30803 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30804 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30805
30806
30807 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30808 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30809 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30810 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30811 association list with formals).
30812
30813
30814 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30815 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30816 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30817 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30818 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30819 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30820 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30821 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30822 `vhdl-testbench'.
30823
30824
30825 KEY BINDINGS:
30826 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30827
30828
30829 VHDL MENU:
30830 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30831
30832
30833 FILE BROWSER:
30834 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30835 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30836 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30837
30838 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30839 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30840
30841
30842 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30843 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30844 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30845 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30846
30847 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30848 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30849 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30850
30851 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30852 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30853 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30854 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30855
30856 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30857 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30858 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30859 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30860 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30861
30862 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30863 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30864 required by secondary units.
30865
30866
30867 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30868 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30869 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30870 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30871 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30872 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30873 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30874 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30875 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30876 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30877 inputs to this component -> input port created
30878 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30879 outputs from this component -> output port created
30880 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30881 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30882
30883 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30884 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30885 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30886 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30887 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30888
30889 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30890 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30891
30892 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30893 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30894 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30895 component instantiation is also supported (option
30896 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30897
30898 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30899 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30900 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30901 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30902 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30903 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30904 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30905 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30906 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30907 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30908 generating the configuration.
30909
30910 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30911 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30912 configurations in speedbar.
30913
30914 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30915
30916
30917 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30918 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30919 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30920 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30921 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30922 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30923 information. New compilers can be added.
30924
30925 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30926 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30927
30928
30929 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30930 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30931 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30932 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30933 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30934
30935 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30936 command:
30937
30938 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30939 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30940 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30941
30942 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30943 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30944 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30945 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30946 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30947 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30948 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30949 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30950 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30951
30952 Limitations:
30953 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30954 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30955 not (yet) supported.
30956 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30957 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30958 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30959
30960
30961 PROJECTS:
30962 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30963 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30964 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30965 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30966 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30967 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30968 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30969 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30970
30971 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30972 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30973 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30974 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30975 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30976 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30977 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30978 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30979 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30980 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30981 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30982
30983
30984 SPECIAL MENUES:
30985 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30986 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30987 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30988 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30989 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30990 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30991 current directory for VHDL source files.
30992
30993
30994 VHDL STANDARDS:
30995 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30996 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30997
30998
30999 KEYWORD CASE:
31000 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31001 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31002 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31003 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31004 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31005 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31006 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31007 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31008
31009
31010 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31011 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31012 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31013 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31014 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31015 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31016 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31017
31018 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31019 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31020 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31021 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31022 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31023 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31024
31025 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31026 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31027 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31028 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31029 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31030 visually.
31031
31032 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31033 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31034 highlighted if written in lower case.
31035
31036 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31037 highlighted using a different background color if option
31038 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31039
31040 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31041 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31042 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31043 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31044 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31045
31046
31047 USER MODELS:
31048 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31049 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31050 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31051
31052
31053 HIDE/SHOW:
31054 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31055 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31056 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31057 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31058 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31059
31060
31061 CODE UPDATING:
31062 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31063 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31064 Limitations:
31065 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31066 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31067 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31068 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31069 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31070 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31071 (used to obtain the port names).
31072 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31073 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31074 sensitivity lists.
31075
31076
31077 CODE FIXING:
31078 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31079 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31080
31081
31082 PRINTING:
31083 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31084 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31085 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31086 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31087 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31088 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31089 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31090 printers.
31091
31092
31093 OPTIONS:
31094 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31095 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31096 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31097 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31098 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31099
31100 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31101 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31102 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31103 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31104 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31105 INSTALL file).
31106
31107 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31108 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31109
31110
31111 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31112 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31113 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31114 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31115
31116 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31117
31118
31119 HINTS:
31120 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31121 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31122
31123 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31124
31125 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31126
31127 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31128
31129
31130 RELEASE NOTES:
31131 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31132
31133
31134 Maintenance:
31135 ------------
31136
31137 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31138 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31139
31140 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31141
31142 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31143 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31144 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31145 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31146
31147 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31148 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31149 where the latest version can be found.
31150
31151
31152 Known problems:
31153 ---------------
31154
31155 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31156 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31157 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31158 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31159
31160
31161 The VHDL Mode Authors
31162 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31163
31164 Key bindings:
31165 -------------
31166
31167 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31168
31169 \(fn)" t nil)
31170
31171 ;;;***
31172 \f
31173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22150
31174 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
31175 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31176
31177 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31178 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31179
31180 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31181
31182 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31183 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31184 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31185 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31186
31187 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31188
31189 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31190 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31191
31192 \(fn)" t nil)
31193
31194 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31195 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31196 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31197 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31198
31199 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31200
31201 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31202 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31203
31204 \(fn)" t nil)
31205
31206 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31207
31208
31209 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31210
31211 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31212
31213
31214 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31215
31216 ;;;***
31217 \f
31218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22150 28229 322072 702000))
31219 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31220
31221 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31222 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31223 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31224
31225 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31226
31227 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31228 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31229 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31230 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31231
31232 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31233
31234 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31235 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31236
31237 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31238
31239 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31240 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31242 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31243 moving around in the buffer.
31244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31245 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31246
31247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31248
31249 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31250
31251 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31252 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31253 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31254 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31255
31256 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31257 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31258 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31259 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31260 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31261
31262 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31263
31264 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31265
31266 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31267 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31268 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31269 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31270 buffer.
31271
31272 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31273 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31274 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31275 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31276 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31277
31278 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31279
31280 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31281
31282 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31283 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31284 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31285 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31286 moving around in the buffer.
31287 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31288 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31289
31290 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31291
31292 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31293 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31294 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31295
31296 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31297 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31298 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31299 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31300
31301 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31302 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31303 own View-like bindings.
31304
31305 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31306
31307 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31308 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31309 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31310 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31311 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31312 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31313 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31314
31315 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31316
31317 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31318
31319 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31320 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31321 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31322
31323 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31324 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31325 own View-like bindings.
31326
31327 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31328
31329 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31330 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31331 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31332 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31333 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31334 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31335 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31336
31337 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31338
31339 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31340
31341 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31342 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31343 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31344
31345 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31346 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31347 own View-like bindings.
31348
31349 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31350
31351 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31352 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31354 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31355 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31356
31357 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31358 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31359 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31360 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31361
31362 \\<view-mode-map>
31363
31364 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31365 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31366 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31367 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31368 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31369 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31370 to a repeat count of one.
31371
31372 H, h, ? This message.
31373 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31374 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31375 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31376 > move to the end of buffer.
31377 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31378 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31379 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31380 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31381 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31382 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31383 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31384 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31385 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31386 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31387 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31388 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31389 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31390 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31391 Use this to view a changing file.
31392 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31393 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31394 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31395 . set the mark.
31396 x exchanges point and mark.
31397 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31398 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31399 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31400 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31401 ' go to position saved in character register.
31402 s do forward incremental search.
31403 r do reverse incremental search.
31404 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31405 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31406 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31407 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31408 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31409 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31410 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31411 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31412 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31413 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31414 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31415 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31416 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31417 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31418 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31419 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31420 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31421
31422 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31423 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31424 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31425 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31426 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31427 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31428 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31429 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31430 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31431
31432 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31433
31434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31435
31436 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31437 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31438 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31439 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31440 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31441 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31442 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31443 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31444 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31445
31446 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31447
31448 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31449
31450 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31451 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31452 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31453 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31454 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31455 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31456
31457 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31458 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31459 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31460
31461 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31462
31463 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31464
31465 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31466
31467 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31468 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31469
31470 \(fn)" t nil)
31471
31472 ;;;***
31473 \f
31474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22150 28227 478072
31475 ;;;;;; 702000))
31476 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31477 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31478
31479 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31480 Toggle Viper on/off.
31481 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31482
31483 \(fn)" t nil)
31484
31485 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31486 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31487
31488 \(fn)" t nil)
31489
31490 ;;;***
31491 \f
31492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22150
31493 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
31494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31495
31496 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31497 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31498 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31499 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31500 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31501 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31502 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31503 the beginning of the warning.")
31504
31505 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31506 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31507 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31508 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31509 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31510 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31511 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31512 also call that function before the next warning.")
31513
31514 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31515 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31516
31517 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31518 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31519 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31520 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31521
31522 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31523 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31524 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31525 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31526 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31527 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31528
31529 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31530 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31531 Default is :warning.
31532
31533 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31534 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31535 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31536 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31537 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31538 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31539
31540 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31541 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31542 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31543
31544 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31545
31546 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31547 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31548
31549 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31550
31551 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31552 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31553 \\<special-mode-map>
31554 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31555 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31556
31557 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31558 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31559 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31560 can be whatever you like.)
31561
31562 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31563 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31564
31565 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31566 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31567 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31568 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31569 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31570
31571 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31572
31573 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31574 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31575 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31576 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31577 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31578
31579 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31580
31581 ;;;***
31582 \f
31583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22240 5212 92626 379000))
31584 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31585 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31586
31587 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31588 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31589 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31590 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31591 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31592 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31593 directories to reflect your edits.
31594
31595 See `wdired-mode'.
31596
31597 \(fn)" t nil)
31598
31599 ;;;***
31600 \f
31601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22150 28228 442072
31602 ;;;;;; 702000))
31603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31604
31605 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31606 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31607
31608 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31609 hotlist.
31610
31611 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31612 <nwv@acm.org>.
31613
31614 \(fn)" t nil)
31615
31616 ;;;***
31617 \f
31618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22150
31619 ;;;;;; 28228 986072 702000))
31620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31621 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31622 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31623
31624 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31625
31626 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31627 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31628 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31631 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31632
31633 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31634
31635 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31636 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31638 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31639 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31640
31641 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31642 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31643 in certain major modes.
31644
31645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31646
31647 ;;;***
31648 \f
31649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22150 28229 326072
31650 ;;;;;; 702000))
31651 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31652 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31653
31654 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31655 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31656 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31657 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31658 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31659
31660 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31661 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31662
31663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31664
31665 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31666 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31668 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31669 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31670
31671 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31672 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31673 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31674 use `whitespace-mode'.
31675
31676 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31677
31678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31679
31680 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31681 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31682 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31685 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31686
31687 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31688
31689 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31690 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31692 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31693 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31694
31695 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31696 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31697
31698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31699
31700 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31701 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31702 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31705 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31706
31707 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31708
31709 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31710 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31712 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31713 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31714
31715 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31716 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31717 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31718 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31719
31720 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31721
31722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31723
31724 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31725 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31726
31727 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31728 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31729
31730 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31731 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31732
31733 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31734
31735 CHAR MEANING
31736 (VIA FACES)
31737 f toggle face visualization
31738 t toggle TAB visualization
31739 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31740 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31741 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31742 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31743 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31744 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31745 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31746 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31747 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31748 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31749 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31750 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31751 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31752 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31753 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31754 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31755
31756 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31757 T toggle TAB visualization
31758 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31759 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31760
31761 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31762 ? display brief help
31763
31764 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31765 The valid symbols are:
31766
31767 face toggle face visualization
31768 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31769 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31770 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31771 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31772 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31773 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31774 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31775 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31776 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31777 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31778 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31779 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31780 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31781 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31782 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31783 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31784 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31785
31786 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31787 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31788 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31789
31790 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31791
31792 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31793
31794 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31795
31796 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31797 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31798
31799 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31800 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31801
31802 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31803 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31804
31805 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31806
31807 CHAR MEANING
31808 (VIA FACES)
31809 f toggle face visualization
31810 t toggle TAB visualization
31811 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31812 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31813 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31814 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31815 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31816 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31817 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31818 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31819 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31820 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31821 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31822 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31823 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31824 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31825 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31826 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31827
31828 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31829 T toggle TAB visualization
31830 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31831 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31832
31833 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31834 ? display brief help
31835
31836 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31837 The valid symbols are:
31838
31839 face toggle face visualization
31840 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31841 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31842 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31843 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31844 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31845 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31846 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31847 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31848 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31849 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31850 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31851 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31852 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31853 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31854 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31855 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31856 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31857
31858 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31859 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31860 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31861
31862 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31863
31864 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31865
31866 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31867
31868 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31869 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31870
31871 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31872 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31873 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31874 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31875 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31876
31877 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31878
31879 The problems cleaned up are:
31880
31881 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31882 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31883 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31884 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31885
31886 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31887 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31888 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31889 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31890 SPACEs.
31891 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31892 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31893 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31894 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31895
31896 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31897 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31898 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31899 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31900 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31901 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31902 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31903 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31904
31905 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31906 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31907 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31908
31909 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31910 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31911 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31912 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31913 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31914 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31915 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31916 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31917
31918 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31919 documentation.
31920
31921 \(fn)" t nil)
31922
31923 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31924 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31925
31926 The problems cleaned up are:
31927
31928 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31929 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31930 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31931 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31932 SPACEs.
31933 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31934 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31935 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31936 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31937
31938 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31939 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31940 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31941 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31943 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31945 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31946
31947 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31949 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31950
31951 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31952 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31953 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31954 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31955 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31956 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31958 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31959
31960 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31961 documentation.
31962
31963 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31964
31965 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31966 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31967
31968 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31969
31970 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31971
31972 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31973 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31974
31975 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31976 non-nil.
31977
31978 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31979 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31980 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31981
31982 empty
31983 trailing
31984 indentation
31985 space-before-tab
31986 space-after-tab
31987
31988 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31989 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31990 report problems.
31991
31992 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31993
31994 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31995 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31996 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31997 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31998 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31999 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32000 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32001
32002 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32003 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32004 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32005 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32006 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32007 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32008 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32009
32010 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32011 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32012 cleaning up these problems.
32013
32014 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32015
32016 ;;;***
32017 \f
32018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22150 28229 326072
32019 ;;;;;; 702000))
32020 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32021
32022 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32023 Browse the widget under point.
32024
32025 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32026
32027 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32028 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32029
32030 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32031
32032 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32033 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32034
32035 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32036
32037 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32038 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32040 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32041 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32042
32043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32044
32045 ;;;***
32046 \f
32047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22150 28229 330072
32048 ;;;;;; 702000))
32049 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32050
32051 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32052 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32053
32054 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32055
32056 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32057 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32058 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32059
32060 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32061
32062 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32063 Create widget of TYPE.
32064 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32065
32066 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32067
32068 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32069 Delete WIDGET.
32070
32071 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32072
32073 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32074 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32075
32076 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32077
32078 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32079 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32080 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32081 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32082
32083 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32084 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32085
32086 \(fn)" nil nil)
32087
32088 ;;;***
32089 \f
32090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22150 28229 330072
32091 ;;;;;; 702000))
32092 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32093
32094 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32095 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32096 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32097 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32098 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32099 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32100 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32101
32102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32103
32104 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32105 Select the window above the current one.
32106 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32107 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32108 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32109 negative ARG) of the current window.
32110 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32111
32112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32113
32114 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32115 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32116 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32117 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32118 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32119 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32120 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32121
32122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32123
32124 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32125 Select the window below the current one.
32126 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32127 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32128 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32129 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32130 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32131
32132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32133
32134 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32135 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32136 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32137 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32138
32139 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32140
32141 ;;;***
32142 \f
32143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22150 28229 354072 702000))
32144 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32145
32146 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32147 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32148 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32149 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32150 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32151 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32152
32153 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32154
32155 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32156 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32158 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32159 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32160 \\{winner-mode-map}
32161
32162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32163
32164 ;;;***
32165 \f
32166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22216 22853 52596 491000))
32167 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32168 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32169
32170 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32171 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32172 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32173 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32174 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32175
32176 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32177
32178 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32179 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32180 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32181 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32182 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32183 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32184 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32185 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32186
32187 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32188 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32189
32190 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32191
32192 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32193 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32194
32195 \(fn)" t nil)
32196
32197 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32198 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32199 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32200 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32201 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32202 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32203 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32204 `woman' command for further details.
32205
32206 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32207
32208 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32209 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32210
32211 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32212
32213 ;;;***
32214 \f
32215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22249 52924 872284 99000))
32216 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32217
32218 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32219 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32220 Return the top node with all its children.
32221 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32222
32223 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32224 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32225 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32226
32227 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32228
32229 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32230 namespace to URIs instead.
32231
32232 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32233 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32234
32235 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32236
32237 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32238
32239 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32240
32241 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32242 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32243 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32244 not contain well-formed XML.
32245
32246 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32247 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32248 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32249 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32250 element of the list.
32251 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32252 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32253 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32254
32255 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32256
32257 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32258 namespace to URIs instead.
32259
32260 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32261 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32262
32263 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32264
32265 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32266
32267 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32268
32269 ;;;***
32270 \f
32271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22150 28228 462072
32272 ;;;;;; 702000))
32273 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32274
32275 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32276 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32277 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32278 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32279 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32280 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32281 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32282 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32283 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32284 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32285
32286 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32287
32288 ;;;***
32289 \f
32290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22286 10932 162198
32291 ;;;;;; 251000))
32292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32293
32294 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32295
32296
32297 \(fn)" nil nil)
32298
32299 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32300 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32301
32302 \(fn)" t nil)
32303
32304 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32305 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32306
32307 \(fn)" nil nil)
32308
32309 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32310 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32311 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32312 prompt for it.
32313
32314 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32315 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32316 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32317 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32318
32319 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32320
32321 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32322 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32323
32324 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32325
32326 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32327 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32328
32329 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32330
32331 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32332 Find references to the identifier at point.
32333 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32334
32335 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32336
32337 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32338 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32339 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32340
32341 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32342 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32343 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32344 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32345 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32346 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32347 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32348
32349 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32350 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32351 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32352 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32353
32354 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32355
32356 ;;;***
32357 \f
32358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22290 7990 504790
32359 ;;;;;; 288000))
32360 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32361
32362 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32363 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32364 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32365 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32366 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32367 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32368
32369 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32370
32371 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32372 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32373 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32374 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32375 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32376
32377 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32378 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32379 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32380 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32381 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32382 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32383
32384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32385
32386 ;;;***
32387 \f
32388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22272 64438 424671
32389 ;;;;;; 103000))
32390 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32391
32392 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32393 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32394 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32395 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32396
32397 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32398
32399 ;;;***
32400 \f
32401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
32402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32403
32404 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32405 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32406
32407 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32408
32409 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32410 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32411
32412 \(fn)" nil nil)
32413
32414 ;;;***
32415 \f
32416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
32417 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32418
32419 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32420 Zone out, completely.
32421
32422 \(fn)" t nil)
32423
32424 ;;;***
32425 \f
32426 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charscript.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22309 59446 538986 699000))
32633
32634 ;;;***
32635 \f
32636 (provide 'loaddefs)
32637 ;; Local Variables:
32638 ;; version-control: never
32639 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32640 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32641 ;; coding: utf-8
32642 ;; End:
32643 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here